WO2024169415A1 - Measurement method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Measurement method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024169415A1 WO2024169415A1 PCT/CN2023/142073 CN2023142073W WO2024169415A1 WO 2024169415 A1 WO2024169415 A1 WO 2024169415A1 CN 2023142073 W CN2023142073 W CN 2023142073W WO 2024169415 A1 WO2024169415 A1 WO 2024169415A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cell
- information
- candidate
- terminal device
- beams
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a measurement method and a communication device.
- Non-terrestrial network (NTN) communications are less affected by geographical conditions, have strong coverage, and can be widely used in various scenarios.
- NTN Non-terrestrial network
- satellites as an example, when natural disasters (earthquakes, mudslides, etc.) occur and ground-based communication facilities (such as ground base stations) are easily damaged and cannot communicate normally, terminal devices can still transmit data through satellite communications.
- ground base stations such as oceans, deserts, and mountains
- terminal devices can also obtain good communication efficiency through satellites.
- the present application provides a measurement method and device that can reduce the overhead of a terminal device performing beam measurement and maintenance on a neighboring cell.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, wherein a terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area according to a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area; and measures at least one beam in the first candidate beam set.
- the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell is narrowed in combination with the beam of the serving cell, which can reduce the measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal equipment and thus reduce the measurement power consumption of the terminal equipment.
- the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Based on such beam information, it is possible to speed up the determination of the first candidate beam set, thereby improving the efficiency of beam measurement.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets, and I is a positive integer; the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell is determined according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell, including: determining the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets according to the first beam of the serving cell and the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information; wherein i is a positive integer, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ I.
- it is supported to use one or more groups of beam information to determine the candidate beam set to be measured which is more flexible and can achieve a diversified beam measurement range, which is helpful to adapt to different communication scenarios.
- Example 1 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i .
- BI is the identifier of the first beam
- M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam
- K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set
- N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area
- M i , K i , N i are integers
- mod is a modulo operator.
- the total number of beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1
- the i-th sub-candidate beam set includes K i +1 beams with continuous identifiers.
- Example 2 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th candidate sub-beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the last beam of the i-th candidate sub-beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i .
- BI is the identifier of the first beam
- M i is the beam position of the i-th candidate sub-beam set relative to the first beam.
- K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set
- N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area
- M i , K i , N i are integers
- mod is a modulo operator.
- the total number of beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1
- the i-sub-candidate beam sets include K i +1 beams with continuous identifications.
- the first candidate beam set includes K i +1 or 2*K i +1 beams with continuous identifiers.
- the first candidate beam set may include beams with discontinuous identifiers. That is, the embodiment of the present application can realize the measurement of beams with continuous identifiers and/or discontinuous identifiers in the neighboring area, which is more flexible and can be adapted to various measurement requirements.
- the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in the service cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold.
- the first candidate beam set determined above may include a service beam or an optimal beam in the first neighboring cell, which helps the terminal device to confirm an accurate first candidate beam set, thereby improving the performance of beam measurement and maintenance of the terminal device.
- a target beam is determined in the first candidate beam set, and the target beam is the serving beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell, or the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to a second signal quality threshold.
- Such a design can reduce the delay of the terminal device confirming the best beam/serving beam in the first neighboring cell, help improve the rate at which the terminal device completes switching or cell selection/reselection, reduce the interruption caused by switching or cell selection/reselection, and thus improve user experience and performance.
- the terminal device may also determine at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area based on the coverage information of at least one beam in the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer.
- the terminal device can quickly decide on the beam to measure and maintain by combining the coverage information of the beam in the neighboring area, and can also reduce the signaling overhead of the network sending the beam information.
- the terminal device can measure a beam in the first candidate beam set within a measurement time window associated with the beam, wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the beam set are the same or different. Corresponding to the reduction of the beam measurement range of the neighboring area, the number of measurement time windows or the number of measurement beams in the measurement time window will also be reduced. Such a design can save the time for the terminal device to perform measurements and reduce the measurement overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the service cell is a cell in a non-terrestrial network NTN
- the terminal device can receive the system information block SIB1 of the service cell and access the service cell according to the SIB1.
- the SIB1 includes access configuration information for the terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- sending the access configuration information of the service cell in advance through SIB1 can reduce the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, in which a terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area based on a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area. If the serving cell moves and the terminal device does not move out of the first area, the terminal device may measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set; or, if the serving cell moves, the terminal device determines a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area based on a second beam of the serving cell and beam information of the first neighboring area; and measures at least one beam in the second candidate beam set.
- the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area
- the total number of beams included in the second candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the above design can be applied to the scenario where the service cell is a ground mobile NTN cell. It matches the update of the service beam or the best beam in the service cell, and timely updates the beam set to be measured in the neighboring cell, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the beam measurement.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, wherein a network device sends beam information of a first neighboring area, and the beam information of the first neighboring area is used to determine a first candidate beam set to be measured corresponding to the first neighboring area, and the first candidate beam set includes The total number of beams is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the network indirectly configures the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by indicating the beam information of the first neighboring cell, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the beam measurement range.
- the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area.
- the beam information of the first neighboring area includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets; wherein the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information is used to determine the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets; I is a positive integer, i is a positive integer, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ I.
- the i-th group of beam information includes one or more of the following: a beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area.
- the beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set can be understood with reference to the following Examples 1 to 3.
- Example 1 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i .
- BI is the identifier of the first beam
- M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam
- K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set
- N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area
- M i , K i , and N i are integers
- mod is a modulo operator.
- Example 2 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the last beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i .
- BI is the identifier of the first beam
- M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam
- K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set
- N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area
- M i , K i , and N i are integers
- mod is a modulo operator.
- Example 3 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod Ni - Ki ]mod Ni , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod Ni + Ki ]mod Ni ; wherein BI is the identifier of the first beam, Mi is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, Ki is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and Ni is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; Mi , Ki , Ni are integers; and mod is a modulo operator.
- the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in a service cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold.
- the network device may also receive beam measurement results from at least one terminal device, and determine the beam information of the first neighboring area based on the beam measurement results of the at least one terminal device.
- the beam measurement result of one of the at least one terminal device indicates the measurement result of the beam in at least one neighboring area measured by the one terminal device.
- the network supports combining the beam measurement results of neighboring areas by multiple terminal devices to determine the beam information of the neighboring area, which helps to improve the accuracy of the beam information and facilitates the network to update and maintain the beam information.
- the network device may also send a system information block SIB1 of a service cell, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization assistance information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell
- the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization assistance information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein a terminal device receives SIB1 of a first NTN cell from a network device, and accesses the first cell according to the SIB1.
- the SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell.
- the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
- the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information can be reduced, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
- the access configuration information of the first NTN cell may also be replaced by the local area information of the first NTN cell, wherein the local area information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the local area, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the local area, information, cell scheduling information of this area, timing advance information of this area, satellite polarization information of this area, and satellite ephemeris information of this area.
- the local area information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the local area, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the local area, information, cell scheduling information of this area, timing advance information of this area, satellite polarization information of this area, and satellite ephemeris information of this area.
- the "this area” here refers to the first NTN cell.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein a network device sends a SIB1 of a first NTN cell to a terminal device, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell.
- the first NTN cell can also be understood as the NTN cell to be accessed by the terminal device, or as a service cell.
- the access configuration information of the first NTN cell may also be replaced by the local area information of the first NTN cell, and the local area information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the local area, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the local area, cell scheduling information of the local area, timing advance information of the local area, satellite polarization information of the local area, and satellite ephemeris information of the local area.
- the "local area” here refers to the first NTN cell.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device.
- the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the first aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
- a processing module is used to determine a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring area; and measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set.
- the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets, where I is a positive integer; determining the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes: determining the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets according to the first beam of the serving cell and the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information; wherein i is a positive integer, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ I.
- the i-th group of beam information includes one or more of the following: a beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, information indicating the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Based on this type of beam information, it is possible to speed up the determination of the i-th sub-candidate beam set, thereby improving the efficiency of beam measurement.
- the beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set can be understood with reference to Examples 1 to 3 described in the first aspect, and this is not elaborated in the embodiments of the present application.
- the first beam is a serving beam of the terminal device in the serving cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold.
- a target beam is determined in the first candidate beam set, and the target beam is the serving beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell, or the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to a second signal quality threshold.
- a communication module is used to receive first indication information from the serving cell, where the first indication information indicates at least one set of beam information among I sets of beam information of the first neighboring cell, where I is a positive integer.
- the processing module is also used to determine at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area based on the coverage information of at least one beam in the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer.
- the processing module is further used to measure the one beam within a measurement time window associated with the one beam in the first candidate beam set; wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the beam set are the same or different.
- the terminal device Before the above design is implemented, the terminal device needs to access the service cell.
- the service cell is a cell in the non-terrestrial network NTN.
- the communication module is also used to receive the system information block SIB1 of the service cell; the processing module is also used to access the service cell according to the SIB1.
- the SIB1 includes access configuration information for the terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- the service cell is sent in advance through SIB1.
- the access configuration information of the service cell can reduce the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device.
- the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the second aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
- a processing module is used to determine a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area according to a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area. If the serving cell moves and the terminal device does not move out of the first area, the processing module is further used to measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set; or, if the serving cell moves, the processing module is further used to determine a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area according to a second beam of the serving cell and beam information of the first neighboring area; and measure at least one beam in the second candidate beam set.
- the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area, and the total number of beams included in the second candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the communication module can be used to receive a first indication information from a serving cell, the first indication information indicating at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network device, or a device, module, or chip in a network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a network device.
- the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the third aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
- a processing module is used to determine the beam information of the first neighboring area.
- a communication module is used to send beam information of a first neighboring cell, wherein the beam information of the first neighboring cell is used to determine a first candidate beam set to be measured corresponding to the first neighboring cell, and the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring cell.
- the communication module is further used to receive beam measurement results from at least one terminal device; the processing module is further used to determine the beam information of the first neighboring area based on the beam measurement results of the at least one terminal device.
- the beam measurement result of one of the at least one terminal device indicates the measurement result of the beam in at least one neighboring area measured by the one terminal device.
- the network supports combining the beam measurement results of neighboring areas by multiple terminal devices to determine the beam information of the neighboring area, which helps to improve the accuracy of the beam information and facilitates the network to update and maintain the beam information.
- the communication module is also used to send a system information block SIB1 of a service cell, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell
- the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein the communication device may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device.
- the communication device may include a module that corresponds to the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
- the communication module is used to receive SIB1 of a first NTN cell from a network device.
- a processing module is configured to access the first cell according to the SIB1.
- the SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell.
- the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network device, or a device, module, or chip in a network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a network device.
- the communication device may include a module that corresponds to the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software.
- the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
- the processing module is used to determine the SIB1 of the first NTN cell.
- the communication module is used to send the SIB1 of the first NTN cell to the terminal device, wherein the SIB1 includes the access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: the epoch time information of the first NTN cell, the effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, the cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, the timing advance information of the first NTN cell, the satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and the satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell.
- the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, for implementing the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store instructions and data, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects can be implemented.
- the communication device may further include a memory; the communication device may further include a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices, and illustratively, the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin or other type of communication interface.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a communication device as described in the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect; and a communication device as described in the eighth aspect; or, including a communication device as described in the ninth aspect; and a communication device as described in the tenth aspect.
- the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored.
- a computer program or instruction is stored.
- the computer program or instruction is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory and execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above, or the chip includes a circuit for executing the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which includes a processor for supporting a device to implement the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
- the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store the necessary programs and data for the device.
- the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a land network communication system
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an NTN communication system architecture
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G satellite communication system
- FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a transparent transmission architecture
- FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a regeneration architecture
- FIG5A is a schematic diagram of coverage of a terrestrial quasi-stationary NTN cell
- FIG5B is a schematic diagram of coverage of a ground mobile NTN cell
- FIG6A is a schematic diagram of beamforming
- FIG6B is a schematic diagram of one of the beam distribution patterns in a cell
- FIG6C is a schematic diagram of one of the beam distribution patterns in a cell
- FIG6D is a schematic diagram of a measurement time window for beam measurement
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a measurement method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a relay coverage between cells
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a relay coverage between cells
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of one of the flow charts of the measurement method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG11 is a flow chart of one of the access methods provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a system information sending method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is one of the schematic diagrams of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the at least one (item) involved in the embodiments of the present application indicates one (item) or more (items). More than one (item) refers to two (items) or more than two (items).
- "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
- the character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or” relationship.
- first, second, etc. may be used to describe each object in the embodiments of the present application, these objects should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.
- the technology provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems, high altitude platform station (HAPS) communication systems, drones and other non-terrestrial network (NTN) systems; for example, integrated communication and navigation (IcaN) systems, global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) and ultra-dense low-orbit satellite communication systems.
- HAPS high altitude platform station
- NTN non-terrestrial network
- IcaN integrated communication and navigation
- GNSS global navigation satellite systems
- ultra-dense low-orbit satellite communication systems ultra-dense low-orbit satellite communication systems.
- the communication system applied in the embodiments of the present application can be integrated with the ground communication system.
- the ground communication system can be a fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) communication system (for example, long term evolution (LTE) system), a worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, a fifth generation (5G) communication system (for example, a new radio (NR) system), and future mobile communication systems such as 6G communication systems.
- 4G fourth generation
- LTE long term evolution
- WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
- 5G for example, a new radio (NR) system
- future mobile communication systems such as 6G communication systems.
- a network element in a communication system may send a signal to another network element or receive a signal from another network element.
- the signal may include information, signaling, or data.
- the network element may also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a device, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc.
- the network element is used as an example for description in the embodiment of the present application.
- the ground communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one network device.
- the network device may send a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device may send an uplink signal to the network device.
- multiple terminal devices may also send signals to each other, that is, both the signal sending network element and the signal receiving network element may be terminal devices.
- FIG1 shows an architecture of a mobile communication system.
- the communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and terminal devices 101 to 106. It should be understood that the communication system 100 may include more or fewer network devices or terminal devices.
- the network device or terminal device may be hardware, or software divided from a functional point of view, or a combination of the above two.
- the terminal devices 104 to 106 may also form a communication system, for example, the terminal device 105 may send downlink data to the terminal device 104 or the terminal device 106.
- the network device and the terminal device may communicate through other devices or network elements.
- the network device 110 may send downlink data to the terminal devices 101 to 106, and may also receive uplink data sent by the terminal devices 101 to 106.
- the terminal devices 101 to 106 may also send uplink data to the network device 110, and may also receive downlink data sent by the network device 110.
- the network device 110 is a node in a radio access network (RAN), which can also be called a base station, or a RAN node (or device).
- RAN radio access network
- some examples of access network devices 101 are: evolved node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission reception point (TRP), satellite, drone, etc.
- WIFI wireless fidelity
- WIFI wireless relay node
- TP transmission point
- TRP transmission reception point
- satellite drone, etc.
- Terminal devices 101 to 106 which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, are devices that provide voice or data connectivity to users, and may also be IoT devices.
- terminal devices 101 to 106 include handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
- the terminal devices 101 to 106 can be: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptop computers, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), vehicle-mounted devices (such as cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, industrial control (industrial control) devices, etc.
- MID mobile internet devices
- wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.
- vehicle-mounted devices such as cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.
- VR virtual reality
- AR augmented reality
- industrial control industrial control
- Terminal devices 101 to 106 may also be other devices with terminal functions, for example, terminal devices 101 to 106 may also be devices that function as terminals in D2D communications.
- NTN non-terrestrial network
- the ground 5G network and satellite network are integrated with each other, learning from each other's strengths and weaknesses, and together constitute a global seamless coverage of the sea, land, air, space and ground integrated integrated communication network to meet the various business needs of users everywhere.
- NTN communication takes satellite communication as an example, or the NTN communication system takes a satellite system as an example.
- the NTN communication system includes a satellite 201 and a terminal device 202.
- the explanation of the terminal device 202 can refer to the relevant description of the terminal devices 101 to 106 mentioned above.
- Satellite 201 can also be called a high-altitude platform, a high-altitude aircraft, or a satellite base station.
- the satellite 201 can be regarded as one or more network devices in the terrestrial network communication system architecture. Satellite 201 provides communication services to the terminal device 202, and satellite 201 can also be connected to the core network device.
- satellites include: low earth orbit (LEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 500 kilometers (km) to 2000km; medium earth orbit (MEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 2000km to 20,000km; high earth orbit (HEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude greater than 20,000km and an elliptical orbit; geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 35,800km; and non-geostationary earth orbit (NGEO) satellites.
- LEO low earth orbit
- MEO medium earth orbit
- HEO high earth orbit
- GEO geostationary earth orbit
- NGEO non-geostationary earth orbit
- a 5G satellite communication system architecture is shown in Figure 3.
- Ground terminal equipment accesses the network through the 5G new air interface, and the 5G base station is deployed on the satellite and connected to the ground core network through a wireless link.
- the wireless link there is a wireless link between satellites to complete the signaling interaction and user data transmission between base stations.
- the devices and interfaces in Figure 3 are described as follows:
- 5G core network user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, billing and other services. It consists of multiple functional units, which can be divided into functional entities of control plane and data plane. Access and mobility management unit (AMF) is responsible for user access management, security authentication, and mobility management. User plane unit (UPF) is responsible for managing the transmission of user plane data, traffic statistics and other functions.
- AMF Access and mobility management unit
- UPF User plane unit
- Ground station responsible for forwarding signaling and business data between satellite base stations and 5G core network.
- 5G New Radio The wireless link between the terminal and the base station.
- Xn interface The interface between 5G base stations, mainly used for signaling interactions such as switching.
- NG interface The interface between the 5G base station and the 5G core network, which mainly interacts with the core network's NAS and other signaling, as well as the user's business data.
- ground station equipment are as follows: The core of the existing mobile communication architecture (such as the 3GPP access architecture of the 5G network) Equipment in the core network (CN) or equipment in the core network in the future mobile communication architecture.
- the core network provides an interface to the data network, provides communication connection, authentication, management, policy control and data service bearing for user equipment (UE).
- CN may further include: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), authentication server function (AUSF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (UPF) and other network elements.
- AMF access and mobility management function
- SMF session management function
- AUSF authentication server function
- PCF policy control function
- UPF user plane function
- the AMF network element is used to manage the access and mobility of UE, and is mainly responsible for UE authentication, UE mobility management, UE paging and other functions.
- satellite communication systems include transparent payload and regenerative payload.
- Transparent payload can also be called transparent forwarding or bent pipe forwarding transmission, and regenerative payload can also be called non-transparent payload.
- the base station is located on the ground
- the satellite is connected to the base station through a gateway on the ground
- the signal between the terminal device and the base station is transmitted through the satellite
- the data processing function is still located at the base station, that is, the satellite is only responsible for signal forwarding and has no data processing capability.
- the link between the satellite and the terminal device is called the service link
- the link between the satellite and the base station on the ground is called the feeder link.
- the satellite has some or all of the base station functions and can perform data processing.
- the complete base station is located on the satellite, or the DU of the base station is located on the satellite.
- the link between the satellite and the terminal device is the service link.
- the network device can manage one or more NTN cells and communicate with the terminal device through the NTN cells.
- the coverage of the NTN cell in the embodiments of the present application refers to the area covered by the NTN cell on the ground, which can be referred to as the coverage area of the NTN cell.
- the NTN cell can be divided into the following three categories:
- the first type is earth-fixed, where the coverage area of this type of NTN cell is fixed to a certain area on the ground, i.e., continuous fixed-point coverage.
- the NTN cell provided by GEO satellites is of this type.
- the second type is quasi-earth-fixed.
- the coverage area of this type of NTN cell is fixed to a certain area on the ground for a period of time, and will be replaced by another area on the ground after a period of time, that is, fixed-point coverage within a period of time.
- LEO satellites and MEO satellites can provide this type of NTN cell.
- cell 1 covers area 1 on the ground at time t1-t2, and then changes to cell 1 covering area 2 on the ground at t3.
- the third type is earth-moving, where the coverage area of this type of NTN cell slides on the ground.
- LEO satellites and MEO satellites can provide this type of NTN cell.
- cell 1 covers area 1 on the ground at t1, slides to cover area 2 on the ground at t2, and slides to cover area 3 on the ground at t3.
- the network devices in the ground communication system and the satellites in the NTN communication system are uniformly regarded as network devices.
- the device for realizing the function of the network device can be a network device; it can also be a device that can support the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the network device.
- the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as a network device as an example.
- the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device.
- the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
- the embodiments of the present application involve beam measurement of NTN cells. To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the technical terms in the present application are introduced below.
- Beamforming technology is introduced in 5G NR.
- the network equipment uses several beams to scan (beam sweeping) different parts of the cell in turn in time-sharing to achieve complete coverage of a cell.
- a beam corresponds to a unique identifier (beam index), that is, different beams have different identifiers.
- Beam index a unique identifier
- Different beams correspond to different transmission directions.
- FIG 6A taking a cell including 8 beams as an example, at time t1, the network device sends a reference signal through direction 1 to form beam 0, or it can also be described as the network device transmitting beam 0 to direction 1 at time t1; at time t2, the network device sends a reference signal through direction 2 to form beam 1, or it can also be described as the network device transmitting beam 1 to direction 2 at time t2.
- complete cell coverage can be formed based on 8 beams, that is, the aforementioned cell includes 8 beams.
- the reference signal can be a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB) or a channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS).
- synchronization signal/PBCH block synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB
- channel state information reference signal channel state information-reference signal
- the beam distribution mode of an NTN cell is also called the beam deployment mode, which refers to the arrangement pattern or regularity of the beams in the NTN cell. For example, how the beams in a cell are distributed to form the coverage of the current cell, or how the beams in a cell are distributed to achieve the area covered by the cell. From the perspective of beams, the beam distribution mode of an NTN cell can indicate the coverage range of the beams in the first cell.
- the coverage range of a certain beam in a cell may refer to the area covered by the beam on the ground, referred to as the coverage area of the beam. It can be understood that the coverage area of all beams in a cell is included in the coverage area of the cell, and the coverage area of some (one or more) beams in a cell can also be described as a sub-area in the coverage area of the cell.
- the beams in the NTN cell are arranged in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction based on the order of the size of the beam identifiers, thereby forming a coverage area of the NTN cell.
- FIG6B illustrates a beam distribution pattern, where the beams in cell 1 and cell 2 are arranged in a counterclockwise direction, with the beam identifiers arranged in ascending order, and form a cyclic arrangement, for example, the previous beam of beam 7 in cell 1 is beam 6, and the next beam of beam 7 is beam 0.
- the beams in the NTN are arranged in a certain direction based on the order of the size of the beam identifiers, thereby forming the coverage of an NTN cell.
- a beam distribution pattern is shown, in which the beams in cell 1 are arranged along the bottom of the short side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each column arranges several beams on the short side and reaches the top, a new column is arranged from the bottom of the short side.
- the beams in cell 2 are arranged along the bottom of the short side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each column arranges several beams on the short side, a new column is arranged from the top of the short side, that is, the difference between the beam identifiers of two adjacent columns at the top of the short side is 1 (for example, identifier 4 and identifier 5), and the beam identifiers of three adjacent columns form a "Z" shape.
- the beams in cell 3 are arranged along the left end of the long side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each row arranges several beams on the long side and reaches the right end, a new row is arranged from the left end.
- the aforementioned certain direction may be a satellite scanning direction, which may also be understood as the direction of satellite movement.
- the satellite scanning direction corresponding to cell 1 shown in FIG6C is from the bottom end of the short side to the top end of the short side
- the satellite scanning direction corresponding to cell 3 is from the left end of the long side to the right end of the long side.
- some beams in different NTN cells may cover the same area on the ground in different time periods.
- the identifiers of the partial beams covering the same area in different NTN cells may be the same or different.
- the different identifiers of the partial beams can also be divided into not completely the same and completely different. Taking the aforementioned partial beam as 1 beam as an example, Figure 6B illustrates that beam 4 in cell 2 and beam 0 in cell 1 can cover the same area at different times.
- Figure 6C illustrates that partial beams ⁇ 0,1,5,6,10,11 ⁇ in cell 1 and partial beams ⁇ 0,1,8,9,10,11 ⁇ in cell 2 can cover the same sub-area at different times, while ⁇ 0,1,5,6,10,11 ⁇ in cell 1 and ⁇ 0,1,8,9,10,11 ⁇ in cell 2 are not completely the same.
- the states of the terminal device are divided into RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE), RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) and RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED).
- the RRC idle state can also be referred to as the idle state.
- the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the terminal device does not retain radio resource control (RRC), context and other information.
- RRC radio resource control
- the RRC context is a parameter for establishing communication between the terminal device and the network device.
- the RRC context may include security context, capability information of the terminal device, etc.
- the terminal device does not establish a connection with the core network device.
- a terminal device in the RRC idle state only wakes up periodically to receive paging messages.
- the RRC inactive state can also be referred to as the inactive state.
- the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC context is retained between the terminal device and the network device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in the core network connected state (CN_CONNECTED). At this time, the process of switching to the connected state for data reception is relatively fast, and no additional core network signaling overhead is generated. In addition, the terminal device in the RRC inactive state will also enter the sleep state. Therefore, the RRC inactive state can meet the requirements of reducing connection delay, reducing signaling overhead and power consumption.
- the RRC connection state can also be referred to as the connection state.
- the terminal device When the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, the terminal device has established an RRC context. The parameters required to establish communication between the terminal device and the network device have been acquired by both parties.
- the network device allocates a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to the connected terminal device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device.
- C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
- the terminal device measures several beams (such as SSB or CSI-RS) of a cell and obtains beam-level measurement results.
- the beam-level measurement result can be used to derive the cell-level measurement result of the cell. For example, in the cell shown in FIG6A , the terminal device measures the quality of each beam in beams 0 to 7, and averages the quality of these eight beams to obtain a result, which can be used as the cell-level quality of the cell.
- the terminal device can also determine the beam with the best signal quality or the beam with signal quality that meets the preset requirements based on the measurement results of the beams in the cell.
- the determined beams can also be referred to as the best beams, and the number of best beams can be one or more.
- the best beam can be used as the service beam of the terminal device, and the number of service beams can also be one or more.
- the service beam of the terminal device is used to receive downlink information (such as downlink control information, downlink data) or signals sent by the cell. It can be understood that the network device can know the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device in the connected state.
- the network device can determine the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device based on the signal quality in the beam measurement results reported by the terminal device.
- a terminal device in an idle or inactive state can maintain the best beam and/or service beam by itself, and the network device does not perceive the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device.
- Beam measurement can be used for mobility management of terminal devices.
- Mobility management means that when the signal quality of the serving cell of the terminal device declines to a certain extent, the terminal device can change the serving cell of the terminal device through switching, cell selection or reselection, that is, select a neighbor cell with better communication quality as a new serving cell to ensure that the communication link between the terminal device and the network will not be interrupted.
- the serving cell of the terminal device is the cell that the network device connected to the terminal device provides services for the terminal device, and the neighbor cell of the terminal device refers to the cell to which the terminal device currently has no link.
- the terminal device can change the serving cell of the terminal device through switching.
- the serving cell of the terminal device can be understood as the cell where the terminal device currently resides, which can be the cell where the terminal device initially resides based on cell selection, or the cell where the terminal device resides after cell reselection; the neighbor cell of the terminal device refers to the cell where the terminal device is not currently residing.
- the aforementioned neighbor cell can also be referred to as a non-serving cell.
- the terminal device needs to implement radio resource management (RRM) measurement, that is, monitor the communication quality of the serving cell and/or neighboring cell of the terminal device.
- RRM radio resource management
- the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the serving cell based on the measurement results of the beam of the serving cell, and the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the neighboring cell based on the measurement results of the beam of the neighboring cell.
- the terminal device can decide whether to switch, select a cell or reselect a cell based on the communication quality of the serving cell and/or the neighboring cell.
- the aforementioned beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be divided into intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency measurement.
- the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can also be divided into: intra-RAT measurement and inter-RAT measurement.
- An example of an intra-system measurement is as follows: the serving cell and the neighboring cell are both cells under a 5G base station; in addition, under normal circumstances, the aforementioned intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency measurement belong to intra-RAT measurement.
- an inter-system measurement is as follows: the serving cell can be a cell under a 5G base station, and the neighboring cell can be a cell under a 2G, 3G, or 4G (such as LTE) base station.
- the method provided in the following embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenarios of intra-frequency measurement, inter-frequency measurement, intra-system measurement, or inter-system measurement.
- the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be divided into SSB-based measurement and CSI-RS-based measurement.
- the beam measurement of the neighboring cell by the terminal device in the connected state can be based on SSB or CSI-RS; while the beam measurement of the neighboring cell by the terminal device in the idle state/inactive state is based on SSB. Therefore, combined with the classification method of the above reference signal types, the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be further divided into: SSB-based co-frequency measurement, SSB-based hetero-frequency measurement, CSI-RS-based co-frequency measurement, CSI-RS-based hetero-frequency measurement, and hetero-system measurement.
- the network device can send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, which may include a measurement object, such as a reference signal (SSB/CSI-RS) at a certain frequency point, and a measurement time window configuration corresponding to the frequency point; a measurement reporting configuration, such as a reporting rule and/or reporting format of the measurement result; measurement identities, which are used by the network device to distinguish the measurement object; a measurement gap, such as within the measurement gap, the terminal device does not send or receive information, but only performs measurement on the measurement object; and a measurement quantity configuration, for example, including a measurement filter configuration.
- a measurement object such as a reference signal (SSB/CSI-RS) at a certain frequency point
- a measurement time window configuration corresponding to the frequency point
- a measurement reporting configuration such as a reporting rule and/or reporting format of the measurement result
- measurement identities which are used by the network device to distinguish the measurement object
- a measurement gap such as within the measurement gap, the terminal device does not send or receive information, but only performs measurement on the measurement object
- the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell is related to the frequency and SCS of SSB, as well as the standard of the cell.
- the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell can be 8.
- the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell can be 64.
- the terminal equipment usually decides whether to perform cell switching, cell selection or reselection based on the measurement results of all beams in the neighboring cells.
- the number of beams in an NTN cell is determined based on the coverage area requirements of the satellite and the beam capability of the satellite.
- the coverage area of an NTN cell usually needs to reach hundreds of thousands of square kilometers, but the diameter of a beam is limited (such as a beam diameter of 50 to 60 km), so the number of beams that need to be deployed in an NTN cell far exceeds the number of beams in a ground cell.
- the number of beams in an NTN cell may be 128, 256 or 512.
- the transmission period of the beam will increase significantly.
- the terminal device needs to measure more beams, and the beam measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device for the NTN cell will also increase accordingly.
- This method increases the measurement power consumption of the terminal device, and on the other hand, increases the delay of the terminal device to confirm the best beam/service beam, resulting in low efficiency of the terminal device to complete switching or cell selection/reselection, and even affects the subsequent data transmission, reception, residence or access operations of the terminal device, resulting in poor user experience.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a beam measurement solution for neighboring cells in NTN, which reduces the beam measurement range of neighboring cells in combination with the beam in the current service cell of the terminal device, thereby reducing the measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device and reducing the measurement power consumption of the terminal device.
- the following calculation formula can be designed: [(beam index+M)mod N ⁇ K]mod N, which is used to determine the range of beam measurement in the neighboring cell.
- beam index indicates the identification of a beam in the service cell of the terminal device, which can also be referred to as BI.
- M indicates the beam identification offset of the neighboring cell beam relative to the beam indicated by BI, and the value of M is an integer, such as a negative integer, 0 or a positive integer; K can be used to determine the number of beams to be measured in the neighboring cell, and K is an integer, such as a negative integer, 0 or a positive integer; N is the total number of beams included in the neighboring cell, or it can also be replaced by: N is the number of beams in the neighboring cell, and N is a positive integer.
- mod represents the modulo operator. The introduction of mod can ensure that the calculated beam identifier is within the range of N beam identifiers in the neighboring area, such as the value of (beam index + M) is not greater than N.
- the value range of M can also be limited to ensure that the value of (beam index + M) is not greater than N, that is, (beam index + M) mod N can also be replaced and described as (beam index + M), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- (beam index + M) can also be replaced by (beam index - M).
- (beam index + M) is used as an example for description.
- a set of beams to be measured can be determined, and the identifiers of the set of beams to be measured are continuous.
- multiple sets of values of M, K, and N into the calculation formula respectively multiple sets of beams to be measured can be determined, and the multiple sets of beams to be measured include some beams with continuous identifiers and some beams with discontinuous identifiers.
- the identification of the starting beam and the ending beam in a set of beams to be measured can be directly obtained.
- the total number of beams included in the set of beams to be measured is 2*K+1, and then all beams in the set of beams to be measured can be derived.
- a set of values of beam index, M, N, and K are substituted into the calculation formula [(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N, and the identification of the last beam in a set of beams to be measured can be directly obtained.
- the number of beams in the set of beams to be measured is K+1, the identification of beams in the set of beams to be measured is continuous, and the identification of the starting beam in the set of beams to be measured is (beam index+M)mod N.
- M, K, and N are information about the cell granularity, that is, the values of M, K, and N in the above calculation formula are related to the neighboring cells.
- M, K, and N corresponding to a neighboring cell include one or more groups of values, and the values of M, K, and N corresponding to different neighboring cells can be the same or different.
- the multiple groups of values of M/K/N corresponding to cell 2 include 0/2/128 and 5/4/128, and the group of values of M/K/N corresponding to cell 3 is 1/2/256.
- M, K, and N are information about the cell-combined beam granularity, that is, one or more sets of values of M, K, and N in the above calculation formula are associated with neighboring cells and beam index.
- the multiple sets of values of M, K, and N corresponding to a neighboring cell at least one set of values of the multiple sets of values of M, K, and N associated with each beam in the serving cell.
- the values of M, K, and N corresponding to different beams in the serving cell associated with the same neighboring cell may be the same or different.
- a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 is 0/2/128, and a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 3 is 1/2/1256; a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 1 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 is 1/4/128, and a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 1 in cell 1 associated with cell 3 is 0/2/1256.
- multiple sets of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 include 0/2/128 and 5/4/128.
- the network device can instruct the terminal device to measure some beams in the neighboring area based on the above calculation formula. For example, the network device can instruct the terminal device to take one or more sets of values of M, K, and N for some beams that the terminal device is expected to measure. The terminal device can determine the beam measurement range in the neighboring area by taking one or more sets of values of M, K, and N.
- the network device if the network device expects the identifiers of some beams measured by the terminal device to be continuous, the network device indicates a set of values of M, K, and N. If the network device expects the identifiers of some beams measured by the terminal device to be non-continuous, the network device indicates multiple sets of values of M, K, and N.
- the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring cell is configured for the terminal device in a predefined manner or indicated by the network device.
- the beam distribution pattern information may indicate one or more of the following: the coverage of at least one beam in the neighboring cell, the total number of beams in the neighboring cell, the coverage of the neighboring cell, and the arrangement information of the beams in the neighboring cell (e.g., clockwise, counterclockwise, satellite scanning, etc.).
- the terminal device may determine one or more sets of values of M, K, and N based on the beam distribution pattern information, that is, the terminal device may determine the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell by itself.
- the terminal device can determine a set of values for M, K, and N; or, if the terminal device wishes to measure a portion of beams with discontinuous identifiers in a neighboring area, the terminal device can determine multiple sets of values for M, K, and N.
- the terminal device can also determine the specific values of M, K, and N based on the coverage range of at least one beam in the neighboring area.
- Scenario three, Scenario one and Scenario two can be used together, such as the terminal device can obtain one or more groups of values of M, K, and N indicated by the network device, and additionally determine one or more groups of values of M, K, and N based on the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
- the network device can determine the partial beams that the terminal device is expected to measure, and configure the values of part of the information in M, K, and N to the terminal device.
- the terminal device can determine the values of the remaining information in M, K, and N that is not indicated by the network device based on the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
- the terminal device may additionally determine one or more groups of values of partial information in M, K, and N according to the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
- the beam measurement range of the terminal device to the neighboring area can be shortened, the beam measurement overhead can be reduced, and Reduce the signaling overhead for network devices to indicate the beam measurement range.
- the following is a detailed description using the example of a terminal device measuring a portion of the beams in the first neighboring area. It is understandable that the number of neighboring areas of the terminal device may be one or more. When the number of neighboring areas of the terminal device is multiple, the beam information of any one of the multiple neighboring areas can be understood with reference to the beam information of the first neighboring area.
- the first neighboring area is used as an example for description in the embodiments of the present application.
- FIG7 shows a measurement method, which mainly includes the following process.
- the terminal device obtains beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the beam information of the first neighboring area is used to determine the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area, and the first candidate beam set includes the beams to be measured in the first neighboring area, and the total number of beams in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams in the first neighboring area.
- the beam information of the first neighboring area can also be described as the beam coverage information of the first neighboring area.
- the beam information of the first neighboring area may include one or more of the following: beam identification offset information (M), indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set (K), and the number of beams in the first neighboring area (N).
- the number of beams in the first candidate beam set refers to the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set
- the number of beams in the first neighboring area refers to the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
- the terminal device may receive beam information of the first neighboring cell from the serving cell.
- the network device sends the beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device through the serving cell.
- the network device can send beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device through dedicated signaling (such as RRC signaling).
- dedicated signaling such as RRC signaling
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell sent by the network device may include one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell sent by the network device may include one or more groups of beam information associated with at least one beam in the service cell of the terminal device.
- at least one beam may include only the best beam or service beam of the terminal device; or, at least one beam includes all beams in the service cell.
- the network device can send the beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device via broadcast signaling.
- the network device can send the same broadcast signaling in the direction corresponding to each beam in the service cell, and the same broadcast signaling includes one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
- the network device can send one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell associated with a beam in the direction corresponding to the beam in the service cell, and the beam information transmitted in the directions corresponding to different beams may be the same or different.
- the network device may determine the beam information of the first neighboring cell according to the beam distribution pattern in the cell deployed by the operator.
- the network device may determine the correspondence between the beam coverage ranges in multiple cells based on the beam measurement results of multiple cells reported historically by at least one terminal device. Then the network device determines the beam information of the first neighboring cell based on the correspondence between the beam coverage ranges in the cells.
- at least one terminal device may be a quasi-stationary UE, and the quasi-stationary UE meets one or more of the following: the size of the activity range within a certain time period is not greater than the set area size threshold; the moving speed is not greater than the set speed threshold; the moving distance within a certain time period is not greater than the set distance threshold.
- At least one terminal device may include the terminal device described in S701, or may not include the terminal device described in S701.
- Multiple cells may include the service cell and the first neighboring cell of the terminal device described in S701. In this way, the workload of manual or operational deployment planning can be reduced, and it is also convenient to update the beam information in a timely manner.
- the network can determine the latest beam coverage relationship between multiple cells at any time based on the beam measurement results reported by the UE, so as to provide accurate beam information to the UE.
- the network device can determine the beam used to cover sub-area 1 in each cell according to the beam measurement results reported by the UE in cells 1, 2, and 3, and then obtain the corresponding relationship between the beam coverage ranges of each cell. For example, at time t1, the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 1 indicates that the signal quality of beam 0 in cell 1 is the best.
- the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 2 indicates that the signal quality of beam 0 in cell 2 is the best, and the signal quality of ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 1, beam 2 ⁇ in cell 2 is higher than the set signal quality threshold.
- the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 3 indicates that the signal quality of beam 4 in cell 3 is the best, and the signal quality of ⁇ beam 2, beam 3, beam 5, beam 6 ⁇ in cell 3 is higher than the set signal quality threshold.
- the network device can determine that the beams to be measured in cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 include ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2 ⁇ , and then the network device can configure the beam information of cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 to the terminal device, for example, M/K/N is 0/2/8. Similarly, the network device can determine that the beams to be measured in cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 include ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2 ⁇ .
- the beams to be measured in cell 3 associated with beam 0 in area 1 include ⁇ beam 2, beam 3, beam 4, beam 5, beam 6 ⁇ , and then the network device can configure the beam information of cell 3 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 to the terminal device, for example, M/K/N is 4/2/8.
- the terminal device may determine the beam information of the first neighboring cell according to the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring cell. For example, referring to the description in the aforementioned scenario 2, this embodiment of the present application will not be described in detail.
- the terminal device can combine the above two implementation methods to obtain the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the following is an example in which the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes a group of beam information.
- M may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider M to be 0; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device may determine that M is a first default value, which may be predefined or pre-negotiated between the network device and the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of M based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area.
- K For the indication information (K) of the number of beams included in a set of beam information, K may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider K to be 0; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may determine K to be a second default value, which may be predefined or pre-negotiated between the network device and the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of K based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may also determine the value of K based on its own beam measurement and maintenance capabilities (for example, the number of beams supported for measurement and maintenance), communication quality and other factors.
- K the terminal device may also determine the value of K based on its own beam measurement and maintenance capabilities (for example, the number of beams supported for measurement and maintenance), communication quality and other factors.
- N For the number of beams (N) in the first neighboring area included in a set of beam information, N may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate N to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider that the number of beams in the first neighboring area is the same as the number of beams in the service cell, or the terminal device may determine that the number of beams in the first neighboring area is a predefined default value; or, when the network device does not indicate N to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of N based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area.
- the network device can indicate some groups of beam information among the multiple groups of beam information, and the terminal device determines at least one group of beam information not indicated by the network device among the aforementioned multiple groups of beam information based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area.
- the terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in the service cell. It is understood that when the number of service beams of the terminal device is multiple, the first beam may be one of the multiple service beams of the terminal device. Alternatively, the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, and the first beam may also be referred to as the best beam of the terminal device in the service cell. It is understood that when the number of best beams of the terminal device is multiple, the first beam may be one of the multiple best beams of the terminal device.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I groups of sub-candidate beam sets.
- the terminal device can determine the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I groups of sub-candidate beam sets based on the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information.
- I is a positive integer
- i takes a positive integer from 1 to I, that is, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ I.
- the first candidate beam set is the union of 1 group of sub-candidate beam sets, and it can also be replaced by describing that the first candidate beam set is the 1 group of sub-candidate beam sets; or when I is equal to 1, it can also be considered that the concept of sub-candidate beam sets does not exist, the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes 1 group of beam information, and the terminal device can determine the first candidate beam set based on the first beam and the 1 group of beam information.
- the I group of beam information is information of cell granularity, and there is an association relationship between the I group of beam information and the first neighboring area, that is, the I group of beam information is included in the beam information of the first neighboring area; or, the I group of beam information is information of cell combined beam granularity, and there is an association relationship between the I group of beam information and the first neighboring area and the first beam, that is, the I group of beam information is the beam information in the beam information of the first neighboring area that has an association relationship with the first beam.
- the terminal device can receive first information from the serving cell, and the first information indicates at least one group of beam information in the I group of beam information; the terminal device can also determine at least one group of beam information in the I group of beam information according to the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area (for example, the coverage range of at least one beam in the first neighboring area).
- the i-th group of beam information in the above-mentioned I groups of beam information may include one or more of the following: the beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam (for example, denoted as Mi ), the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set (for example, denoted as Ki ), and the number of beams in the first neighboring area (for example, denoted as Ni ).
- the relationship between Ki and the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set satisfies Ki +1 or 2Ki +1; in addition, optionally, the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set may also be the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set. This application is not limited to this. The following is an example of the beam identification in the i-th sub-candidate beam set.
- Example 1 The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i .
- the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1, and the identifiers of all beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set are continuous.
- cell 1 is the serving cell
- cell 2 is the first neighboring cell.
- the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device
- the starting beam in a sub-candidate beam set that is, the first candidate beam set
- the ending beam is beam 2 in the first neighboring cell.
- the identifier of the starting beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i
- the identifier of the last beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i
- the number of beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set is K i +1
- the identifiers of all beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set are continuous.
- cell 1 is the service cell
- cell 2 is the first neighboring cell.
- the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device
- the first beam is beam 6 in cell 1 (service cell)
- I 2
- the terminal device obtains 2 sets of beam information.
- the first candidate beam set is a union of the first sub-candidate beam set and the second sub-candidate beam set, and the first candidate beam set is ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 8, beam 9, beam 10, beam 11 ⁇ .
- the identifier of the starting beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i
- the identifier of the ending beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i
- the number of beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set is 2*K i +1, and the identifiers of all beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set are continuous.
- cell 1 is the service cell
- cell 2 is the first neighboring cell.
- the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device
- the first beam is beam 6 in cell 1 (service cell)
- I 2
- the terminal device obtains 2 sets of beam information.
- the first candidate beam set is a union of the first sub-candidate beam set and the second sub-candidate beam set, and the first candidate beam set is ⁇ beam 0, beam 1, beam 2, beam 7, beam 8, beam 9 ⁇ .
- (BI+M i ) mod N i described in the above example can also be understood as a reference beam in the first neighboring area.
- the reference beam and the first beam can cover the same area of the ground in time-sharing.
- the terminal device is located in the first area, and the coverage of the first beam includes the first area.
- the coverage of the reference beam includes the first area.
- the reference beam can also be understood as a candidate service beam or a candidate best beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring area.
- Including the reference beam in the first candidate beam set measured by the terminal device helps the terminal device to quickly determine the service beam or the best beam in the first neighboring area, which can improve the efficiency and accuracy of the terminal device in switching or cell reselection, thereby improving communication performance and user experience.
- S703 The terminal device measures the beams in the first candidate beam set.
- the terminal device can measure a beam within a measurement time window associated with a beam in the first candidate beam set; wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the first candidate beam set are the same or different.
- the terminal device can measure the corresponding SSB beam within the SMTC time window. It can be understood that since the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area, measuring the first candidate beam set can reduce the number of SMTC time windows or reduce the number of measured beams within the SMTC time window compared to measuring all beams in the first neighboring area, thereby saving the time for the terminal device to perform measurements and reducing the measurement overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
- the terminal device can perform measurements only in SMTC time window 1, such as measuring SSB#3, SSB#4, and SSB#5.
- the UE can perform measurements in SMTC time window 1 and SMTC time window 2, such as measuring SSB#6, SSB#7, SSB#8, and SSB#9.
- the terminal device may further perform the following step S704:
- the terminal device sends the beam measurement result corresponding to the first candidate beam set to the network device.
- the beam measurement result corresponding to the first candidate beam set may include measurement results of all or part of the beams in the first candidate beam set.
- the terminal may only send measurement results of beams in the first candidate beam set whose quality is higher than a certain threshold.
- S704 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
- the network device may update the correspondence between the coverage of the beam in the service cell and the coverage of the beam in at least one neighboring cell based on the beam measurement results corresponding to the first candidate beam set of at least one neighboring cell, thereby updating the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the terminal device may further perform the following step S705:
- the terminal device determines a target beam in the first candidate beam set.
- the terminal device may determine the target beam based on the measurement results of each beam in the first candidate beam set.
- the target beam is the service beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell; alternatively, the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, and the target beam may also be referred to as the best beam in the first neighboring cell.
- Replacement may refer to switching, cell selection, or cell reselection.
- the number of target beams may be one or more.
- the second signal quality threshold may be the same as or different from the aforementioned first signal quality threshold, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the service cell and neighboring cell are terrestrial quasi-stationary NTN cells, and the terminal device is continuously in the first area for a certain period of time, for example, the terminal device is not active or the range of activity is not greater than the aforementioned first area.
- the first beam is the service beam/optimal beam of the terminal device in the service cell
- the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell may include a beam that replaces the aforementioned first beam and covers the first area.
- the terminal device is located in sub-area 1 in geographic area 1 for a certain period of time (such as including t1 to t3).
- cell 1 covers geographic area 1
- the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1
- the neighboring cells include cells 2 and 3.
- the terminal device determines that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2 ⁇ , and the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 3 is ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ .
- cell 2 covers geographic area 1.
- cell 2 When the terminal device reselects to cell 2, it preferentially determines the service beam or best beam in cell 2 from the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 ⁇ beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2 ⁇ . At time t3, cell 3 covers geographic area 1. When the UE reselects cell 3, it preferentially determines the service beam or the best beam in cell 3 from the first candidate beam set ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ corresponding to cell 3.
- the neighboring cells may include cell 2 and cell 3, and the terminal device may determine the first candidate beam set corresponding to each neighboring cell (such as cell 2, cell 3) in the multiple neighboring cells based on the first beam in the service cell. It is understandable that when the terminal device is changed from cell 1 to cell 2, cell 2 becomes the new service cell of the terminal device, and cell 3 is still the neighboring cell of the terminal device.
- the terminal device may perform measurements according to the first candidate beam set of cell 3 determined when it is in cell 1; alternatively, the terminal device may also gather the beams in cell 2 to redetermine the first candidate beam set of cell 3, and then measure the beams in the redetermined first candidate beam set of cell 3.
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- the service cell and neighboring cell are ground mobile NTN cells, and the terminal device is continuously in the first area for a certain period of time, for example, the terminal device is not active or the range of activity is not greater than the aforementioned first area.
- the first beam is the service beam/optimal beam of the terminal device in the service cell
- the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell may include a beam that replaces the aforementioned first beam and covers the first area for the first time.
- the terminal device is located in sub-area 1 in geographic area 1 for a certain period of time (such as including t1 to t3).
- cell 1 covers geographic area 1
- the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1
- the neighboring cells include cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4.
- the terminal device can determine that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is ⁇ beam 7, beam 0, beam 1 ⁇ , and the first candidate beam sets corresponding to cells 3 and 4 are both ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ .
- the UE When the coverage of cell 2 slides to the range of geographic area 1, if the UE determines to reselect to cell 2, the UE can preferentially determine the service beam or the best beam used for the first time in cell 2 from the first candidate beam set ⁇ beam 7, beam 0, beam 1 ⁇ corresponding to cell 2. Similar to the situation in cell 1 above, as the coverage of cell 2 slides, the service beam or the best beam of the subsequent terminal device in cell 2 Will likely change.
- the UE may preferentially determine the service beam or the best beam used for the first time in cell 3 or cell 4 from the first candidate beam set ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ corresponding to cell 3 or cell 4. Similar to the situation in cell 1 above, as the coverage of cell 3 or cell 4 slides, the service beam or the best beam of the subsequent terminal device in cell 3 or cell 4 may change.
- the above method provided in the embodiment of the present application can accurately determine the beam to be measured in the first neighboring cell, avoid the terminal device from measuring irrelevant beams, reduce the beam measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device, and reduce the measurement power consumption of the terminal device; and the terminal device can more accurately and quickly determine the serving beam or the best beam in the first neighboring cell based on the first candidate beam set, which helps the terminal device to complete the switching or cell selection/reselection faster to perform subsequent data transmission, residence or access operations.
- Such a design can reduce the interruption caused by switching or cell selection/reselection, thereby improving user experience and performance.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a measurement method, which can be applied to the scenario where the service cell and/or the neighboring cell is an NTN cell, as shown in FIG10 , and the method mainly includes the following process.
- the terminal device obtains beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the first beam is a serving beam or an optimal beam of the terminal device.
- This step can be understood with reference to the description in S702, and this embodiment of the present application will not be described in detail.
- the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1, and the neighboring cells of the terminal device include cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4.
- the terminal device can determine that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is ⁇ beam 7, beam 0, beam 1 ⁇ , and the first candidate beam sets corresponding to cells 3 and 4 are ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ .
- the coverage of cell 1 slides on the ground, so that the service beam or the best beam of the terminal device is changed from beam 0 to beam 5, and then to beam 3.
- the terminal device may update the first candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells (e.g., cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4) according to the replaced service beam or the best beam, and obtain the second candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells.
- the terminal device After executing S1002, the terminal device further executes steps S1003 and S1004.
- the terminal device may also execute S1005 after executing S1004.
- Such a design matches the update of the service beam or the best beam in the serving cell, and timely updates the beam set to be measured in the neighboring cell, which can ensure the accuracy of the beam measurement.
- the terminal device may not need to update the first candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells (cell 2, cell 3, cell 4).
- the terminal device After executing S1002, the terminal device further executes step S1006.
- the terminal device may also execute S1007 after executing S1006.
- the terminal device determines a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the second beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
- the second beam refers to the replaced service beam or the best beam in the service cell.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell granularity
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1003 and S1001 can be the same.
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell combined beam granularity
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1001 refers to the beam information of the first neighboring cell associated with the first beam
- the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1002 refers to the beam information of the first neighboring cell associated with the second beam.
- the terminal device can determine that the second candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is ⁇ beam 2, beam 5, beam 6 ⁇ , and the second candidate beam sets corresponding to cell 3 and cell 4 are both ⁇ beam 1, beam 2, beam 6 ⁇ .
- the terminal device measures the beam in the second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
- the terminal device determines a target beam in the second candidate beam set.
- the terminal device can determine the serving beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 from ⁇ beam 2, beam 5, beam 6 ⁇ in cell 2.
- the terminal device can determine the serving beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 from ⁇ beam 1, beam 2, beam 6 ⁇ in cell 3 or cell 4.
- 6 ⁇ Determine the service beam or optimal beam after the terminal device changes to cell 3 or cell 4.
- the terminal device measures the beam in the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
- the terminal device determines a target beam in the first candidate beam set.
- the terminal device can determine the service beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 at ⁇ beam 7, beam 0, beam 1 ⁇ in cell 2.
- the terminal device can determine the service beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 3 or cell 4 at ⁇ beam 3, beam 4, beam 5 ⁇ in cell 3 or cell 4.
- the present application also provides a method for accessing an NTN cell.
- the access method can be applied to the scenario in which the aforementioned terminal device accesses a serving cell in the above embodiment, or can also be applied to the scenario in which other terminal devices access an NTN.
- SI system information
- MSI minimum system information
- OSI system information
- MSI consists of master information block (MIB) and system information block 1 (SIB1). SIB1 can also be called remaining minimum system information (RMSI).
- MIB master information block
- SIB1 can also be called remaining minimum system information (RMSI).
- the terminal device will periodically broadcast MIB on the broadcast channel (BCH).
- BCH broadcast channel
- SIB1 on the downlink shared channel (DL-SCH), or send SIB1 to the terminal device in the connected state through dedicated signaling.
- DL-SCH downlink shared channel
- OSI is composed of other SIBs, such as SIB2 to SIB21, etc.
- the network device will broadcast other SIBs on DL-SCH periodically; or the network device will broadcast other SIBs on DL-SCH on demand, for example, when a terminal device in an idle or inactive state requests a certain other SIB, the network will broadcast the other SIB, otherwise the other SIB will not be sent; or the network device will send other SIBs to the terminal device in the connected state through dedicated signaling.
- the network device will send the scheduling information of the system information in SIB1.
- the scheduling information is used by the terminal device to determine the sending time of other SIBs except SIB1, that is, after receiving SIB1, the terminal device can obtain other SIBs according to the scheduling information of the system information.
- the specific mechanism is as follows: one or more other SIBs can form a system information message (SI message), and the sending periods of other SIBs contained in an SI message are the same, which is the sending period of the SI message.
- SI message system information message
- the sending periods of different SI messages can be the same or different.
- the basic process for a terminal device in an idle or inactive state to obtain system information is: the terminal device first obtains the MIB, obtains SIB1 according to the scheduling information in the MIB, and then obtains other SIBs according to the scheduling information in SIB1.
- FIG11 illustrates a method for accessing an NTN cell. The method mainly includes the following steps.
- the network device sends the SSB and MIB of the first NTN cell.
- the terminal device receives the SSB and MIB of the first NTN cell sent by the network device, wherein the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
- the terminal device may first measure the beam corresponding to the SSB based on the STMC time window according to the measurement method in the above embodiment to determine the service beam or the best beam in the first NTN cell; then, the terminal device receives the MIB through the service beam or the best beam in the first NTN cell.
- the network device sends SIB1 of the first NTN cell.
- the terminal device can receive SIB1 according to the scheduling information included in the MIB.
- the SIB1 may include the local area information of the first NTN cell. It can be understood that SIB1 in the embodiment of the present application refers to the name of the message including the local area information of the first NTN cell to be accessed, and SIB1 can also be replaced with other names, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
- the local area information of the first NTN cell is used for the terminal device to access the first NTN cell, and can also be called the access configuration information for the terminal device to access the first NTN cell.
- the local area information of the first NTN cell or the access configuration information may include one or more of the following:
- cell scheduling information of the area for example, including a cell-specific scheduling offset (cellSpecificKoffset), which is a scheduling offset (kmac) used in a scenario where uplink and downlink frame timings are not aligned on the network device side;
- cellSpecificKoffset which is a scheduling offset (kmac) used in a scenario where uplink and downlink frame timings are not aligned on the network device side;
- Timing advance information of the zone for example, including one or more of the following: common timing advance (ta-Common), drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDrift), fluctuation of drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDriftVariant), Timing advance report control instruction (ta-Report);
- Satellite polarization information in this area such as downlink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationDL) and uplink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationUL).
- ntn-PolarizationDL downlink polarization information
- ntn-PolarizationUL uplink polarization information
- Satellite ephemeris information (ephemerisInfo) of this area, such as the satellite's position and velocity information, or the satellite's orbital parameter information, etc.
- the local area in the above (1) to (6) refers to the first NTN cell to be accessed by the terminal device, that is, the first NTN cell described in S1102.
- the network device can repeatedly send SIB1. For example, as shown in Figure 12, taking the SCS as 30kHz, a system frame (SFN) containing 20 time slots, and the duration of each time slot being 0.5ms as an example, it is illustrated that: the network device sends 8 SSBs, namely SSB0 to SSB7, in the 1st to 4th time slots of the frame SFN#0 with the system frame number being 0.
- SIB1 system frame
- the network device sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB3 in the 17th to 20th time slots of SFN#0; the network device sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB4 to SSB7 in the 1st to 4th time slots of SFN#1; and the network device repeatedly sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB7 in the 5th to 12th time slots.
- the coverage performance of SIB1 can be improved.
- it ensures that the terminal device receives SIB1 normally, and then ensures that the terminal device performs other operations normally in the cell, such as paging monitoring, access, etc.
- the RRC message of SIB1 will have a larger margin and can contain more information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the network device may also send SIB1 in "segments", or it may be understood that the number of SIB1s sent by the network device described in S1102 is one or more.
- the meaning of "segmented” sending may be understood with reference to the following content: dividing a SIB1 message into multiple SIB1 messages, or dividing the content of SIB1 into multiple parts.
- the content of SIB1 is divided into SIB1-1 (or simply called SIB1) and SIB1-2 (or called SIB1bis, etc.), and SIB1-1 may be sent first, and then SIB1-2 may be sent.
- the access method may further include the following step S1103.
- S1103 is an optional step and is indicated by a dotted line in FIG11 .
- the network device sends SIB19 of the first NTN cell.
- the SIB19 of the first NTN cell includes information irrelevant to accessing the first NTN cell (ie, the serving cell), for example, the SIB19 includes neighboring cell information and/or measurement-related parameters for cell reselection.
- the neighboring cell information may include one or more of the following: neighboring cell frequency information (carrierFreq), such as the frequency number of the neighboring cell frequency, which may be an absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN); neighboring cell identification information, such as the physical cell identity (PCI) of the neighboring cell; epoch time information (epochTime) of the neighboring cell; valid duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the neighboring cell (ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration); scheduling information of the neighboring cell, such as the specific scheduling offset (c ellSpecificKoffset); timing advance information of neighboring cells, such as common timing advance (ta-Common), drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDrift), fluctuation of drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDriftVariant), timing advance report control indication (ta-Report); satellite polarization information of neighboring cells, such as downlink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationDL) and uplink polarization information
- the measurement-related parameters for cell reselection may include one or more of the following: service stop time information (t-Service) of the serving cell, such as the time when the serving cell stops serving the current area; reference point information (referenceLocation) within the serving cell, which is used for measurement of cell reselection based on position control terminal equipment; distance threshold (distanceThresh), which is used for measurement of cell reselection based on position control terminal equipment.
- the location where the network device sends SIB19 may be other than SSB and SIB1.
- the network device may send SIB19 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB7 in the 13th to 20th time slots of SFN#1.
- the network device may also send SIB19 at any location in the 5th to 16th time slots of SFN#0.
- the network device may send SIB19 via a separate SI message, that is, an SI message contains only one OSI, SIB19; or, SIB19 may also form an SI message with other SIBs, for example, an SI message contains SIB19 and SIB2.
- SIB1 or a "segment" of SIB1 may also include the neighboring cell information described in S1103 and/or the measurement-related parameters for cell reselection.
- SIB1 (or a "segment" of SIB1 (e.g., SIB1-2)) may include the information of the current area and the neighboring cell information of neighboring cells 1/2; SIB19 includes the neighboring cell information of neighboring cells 3/4/5/6.
- the terminal device initiates random access to the first NTN cell.
- the terminal device may initiate random access to the first NTN cell using access-related information based on the received MIB and SIB1.
- the access-related information may include one or more of the following: the local area information or access configuration information of the NTN cell described in S1102; random access configuration parameters, such as random access preamble configuration, random access time and frequency resource configuration, etc.; system parameters of the first NTN cell, such as system frame number, subcarrier spacing, downlink channel and/or uplink channel configuration, etc.
- S1103 can be executed before S1104 or after S1104.
- the access method provided in the embodiment of the present application includes the local area information of the NTN cell to be accessed in SIB1 and indicates it to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain all the parameters required for accessing the NTN cell in advance, without the need to obtain SIB19 based on the scheduling of SIB1, and reduce the delay of the terminal device to obtain the NTN cell access-related parameters, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
- the method of putting the information related to NTN access into SIB1 only requires the enhancement of the RRC message encoding and decoding of SIB1 and SIB19 to achieve, the sending and receiving of system information still reuses the existing process, does not involve other changes, the implementation method is simple, and the impact on the terminal device and network equipment is small, which is conducive to implementation.
- SIB19 will have a larger margin. For example, when the total size of the RRC message of SIB19 is limited, after a part of the information is moved out, SIB19 can put more neighboring area information, or put more other information, etc., which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device and/or the network device may perform some or all of the steps in each embodiment. These steps or operations are merely examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations.
- each step may be performed in a different order as presented in each embodiment, and it is possible that all operations in the embodiments of the present application are not to be performed.
- the size of the sequence number of each step does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and inherent logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1300, which includes a processing module 1301 and a communication module 1302.
- the communication device 1300 may be a terminal device, or a communication device applied to a terminal device or used in combination with a terminal device, and capable of implementing a method executed on the terminal device side; or, the communication device 1300 may be a network device, or a communication device applied to a network device or used in combination with a network device, and capable of implementing a method executed on the network device side.
- the communication module may also be referred to as a transceiver module, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver device, etc.
- the processing module may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing unit, or a processing device, etc.
- the communication module is used to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the terminal device side or the network device side in the above method, and the device used to implement the receiving function in the communication module may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the communication module may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the communication module includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
- the processing module 1301 can be used to implement the processing function of the terminal device in the examples described in FIG. 7, FIG. 10 or FIG. 11, and the communication module 1302 can be used to implement the transceiver function of the terminal device in the examples described in FIG. 7, FIG. 10 or FIG. 11.
- the communication device can also be understood by referring to the description and possible designs in the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the ninth aspect of the invention.
- the processing module 1301 can be used to implement the processing function of the network device in the examples described in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11, and the communication module 1302 can be used to implement the transceiver function of the network device in the examples described in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11.
- the communication device can also be understood by referring to the description and possible designs in the eighth and tenth aspects of the invention.
- the aforementioned communication module and/or processing module can be implemented through a virtual module, for example, the processing module can be implemented through a software function unit or a virtual device, and the communication module can be implemented through a software function or a virtual device.
- the processing module or the communication module can also be implemented through a physical device, for example, if the device is implemented using a chip/chip circuit, the communication module can be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface, performing input operations (corresponding to the aforementioned receiving operations) and output operations (corresponding to the aforementioned sending operations); the processing module is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
- each functional module in each example of the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processor, or may exist physically separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module.
- the above-mentioned integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400.
- the communication device 1400 can be a chip or a chip system.
- the chip system can be composed of a chip, or can include a chip and other discrete devices.
- the communication device 1400 may be used to implement the functions of any network element in the communication system described in the above examples.
- the communication device 1400 may include at least one processor 1410.
- the processor 1410 is coupled to a memory, which may be located within the device, or the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be located outside the device.
- the communication device 1400 may also include at least one processor 1410.
- a memory 1420 stores necessary computer programs, computer programs or instructions and/or data for implementing any of the above examples; the processor 1410 may execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method in any of the above examples.
- the communication device 1400 may also include a communication interface 1430, and the communication device 1400 may exchange information with other devices through the communication interface 1430.
- the communication interface 1430 may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin, or other types of communication interfaces.
- the communication interface 1430 in the communication device 1400 may also be an input-output circuit, which may input information (or receive information) and output information (or send information)
- the processor may be an integrated processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit or a logic circuit, and the processor may determine the output information based on the input information.
- the coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
- the processor 1410 may cooperate with the memory 1420 and the communication interface 1430.
- the specific connection medium between the above-mentioned processor 1410, the memory 1420 and the communication interface 1430 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the bus 1440 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
- PCI peripheral component interconnect
- EISA extended industry standard architecture
- the bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like.
- FIG. 14 is represented by only one thick line, but this does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
- the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
- the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random-access memory (RAM).
- the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
- the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device that can realize a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
- the communication device 1400 can be applied to a network device.
- the communication device 1400 can be a network device, or a device that can support a network device and implement the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the memory 1420 stores a computer program (or instruction) and/or data that implements the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the processor 1410 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method executed by the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the communication interface in the communication device 1400 can be used to interact with a terminal device, send information to a terminal device, or receive information from a terminal device.
- the communication device 1400 can be applied to a terminal device.
- the communication device 1400 can be a terminal device, or a device that can support a terminal device and implement the functions of the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the memory 1420 stores a computer program (or instruction) and/or data that implements the functions of the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the processor 1410 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method executed by the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples.
- the communication interface in the communication device 1400 can be used to interact with a network device, send information to the network device, or receive information from the network device.
- the communication device 1400 provided in this example can be applied to a network device to complete the method executed by the above network device, or applied to a terminal device to complete the method executed by the terminal device, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method examples and will not be repeated here.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a network device and a terminal device, wherein the network device and the terminal device can implement the method provided in the examples shown in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11.
- the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the process or function according to the embodiments of the present application is generated in whole or in part.
- the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a terminal device or other programmable device.
- Computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
- the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated.
- the available medium can be It is a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium.
- the examples may reference each other, for example, the methods and/or terms between method embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device examples and method examples may reference each other.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2023年02月14日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为202310151834.1、申请名称为“一种测量方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on February 14, 2023, with application number 202310151834.1 and application name "A Measurement Method and Communication Device", all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种测量方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a measurement method and a communication device.
非地面网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)通信受地理条件影响较小,覆盖性较强,可以广泛地应用于各种场景。以卫星为例,在自然灾害(地震、泥石流等)发生,地面建设的通信设施(如地面基站)易受到破坏无法进行正常通信时,终端设备仍可通过卫星通信进行数据传输。另外,在一些不利于架设地面基站的区域,如海洋、沙漠、高山等区域,终端设备也可通过卫星获取良好地通信效率。Non-terrestrial network (NTN) communications are less affected by geographical conditions, have strong coverage, and can be widely used in various scenarios. Taking satellites as an example, when natural disasters (earthquakes, mudslides, etc.) occur and ground-based communication facilities (such as ground base stations) are easily damaged and cannot communicate normally, terminal devices can still transmit data through satellite communications. In addition, in some areas that are not conducive to the construction of ground base stations, such as oceans, deserts, and mountains, terminal devices can also obtain good communication efficiency through satellites.
由于NTN小区的覆盖面积通常较大,而一个波束的覆盖面积有限,于是,一个NTN小区中需要部署的波束数量可能较多。在小区中波束数量较多的场景中,如何进行波束测量和波束管理成为一个值得研究的问题。Since the coverage area of an NTN cell is usually large, and the coverage area of a beam is limited, a large number of beams may need to be deployed in an NTN cell. In the scenario where there are a large number of beams in a cell, how to perform beam measurement and beam management becomes a problem worth studying.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种测量方法及装置,能够降低终端设备对邻区进行波束测量和维护的开销。The present application provides a measurement method and device that can reduce the overhead of a terminal device performing beam measurement and maintenance on a neighboring cell.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种测量方法,终端设备根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合;以及对所述第一候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量。其中,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, wherein a terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area according to a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area; and measures at least one beam in the first candidate beam set. The total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
上述设计中,结合服务小区的波束缩小邻区的波束测量范围,能够降低终端设备测量和维护开销,以减少终端设备的测量功耗。In the above design, the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell is narrowed in combination with the beam of the serving cell, which can reduce the measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal equipment and thus reduce the measurement power consumption of the terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,所述波束信息包括如下中的一种或多种:波束标识偏移量信息、第一候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。基于这类波束信息,能够加快确定第一候选波束集合,进而提升波束测量的效率。In one possible design, the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Based on such beam information, it is possible to speed up the determination of the first candidate beam set, thereby improving the efficiency of beam measurement.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一邻区的波束信息包括I组波束信息,所述第一候选波束集合为I个子候选波束集合的并集,I为正整数;所述根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合,包括:根据所述服务小区的第一波束和所述I组波束信息中的第i组波束信息,确定所述I个子候选波束集合中的第i个子候选波束集合;其中,i为正整数,1≤i≤I。这样的设计中,支持利用一组或多组波束信息确定待测量的候选波束集合,较为灵活,可以实现多样化的波束测量范围,有助于适配不同的通信场景。In one possible design, the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets, and I is a positive integer; the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell is determined according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell, including: determining the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets according to the first beam of the serving cell and the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information; wherein i is a positive integer, 1≤i≤I. In such a design, it is supported to use one or more groups of beam information to determine the candidate beam set to be measured, which is more flexible and can achieve a diversified beam measurement range, which is helpful to adapt to different communication scenarios.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第i组波束信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量、所述第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。基于这类波束信息,能够加快确定第i个子候选波束集合,进而提升波束测量的效率。可选的,有关第i子候选波束集合中包括的波束可以参照如下示例1至示例3理解。In one possible design, the i-th group of beam information includes one or more of the following: a beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, information indicating the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Based on this type of beam information, it is possible to speed up the determination of the i-th sub-candidate beam set, thereby improving the efficiency of beam measurement. Optionally, the beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set can be understood with reference to the following Examples 1 to 3.
示例1,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni。其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。在该示例1中,第i个子候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量为Ki+1,i个子候选波束集合中包括Ki+1个标识连续的波束。Example 1: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i . Wherein, BI is the identifier of the first beam, M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; M i , K i , N i are integers; mod is a modulo operator. In this example 1, the total number of beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1, and the i-th sub-candidate beam set includes K i +1 beams with continuous identifiers.
示例2,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni。其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波 束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。在该示例2中,第i个子候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量为Ki+1,i个子候选波束集合中包括Ki+1个标识连续的波束。Example 2: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th candidate sub-beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the last beam of the i-th candidate sub-beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i . Wherein, BI is the identifier of the first beam, and M i is the beam position of the i-th candidate sub-beam set relative to the first beam. beam identification offset, K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; M i , K i , N i are integers; mod is a modulo operator. In this example 2, the total number of beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1, and the i-sub-candidate beam sets include K i +1 beams with continuous identifications.
示例3,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni;其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。在该示例3中,第i个子候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量为2*Ki+1,i个子候选波束集合中包括2*Ki+1个标识连续的波束。Example 3: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i ; wherein BI is the identifier of the first beam, M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; M i , K i , and N i are integers; and mod is a modulo operator. In this example 3, the total number of beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is 2*K i +1, and the i-th sub-candidate beam set includes 2*K i +1 beams with consecutive identifiers.
基于上述示例可知,当I为1时,第一候选波束集合包括Ki+1或者2*Ki+1个标识连续的波束。当I大于1时,第一候选波束集合中可以包括标识不连续的波束。也即,本申请实施例可以实现对邻区中标识连续和/或者标识不连续的波束进行测量,较为灵活,可适配于多种测量需求。Based on the above example, it can be known that when I is 1, the first candidate beam set includes K i +1 or 2*K i +1 beams with continuous identifiers. When I is greater than 1, the first candidate beam set may include beams with discontinuous identifiers. That is, the embodiment of the present application can realize the measurement of beams with continuous identifiers and/or discontinuous identifiers in the neighboring area, which is more flexible and can be adapted to various measurement requirements.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一波束为所述终端设备在所述服务小区中的服务波束,或者,所述第一波束的信号质量大于或等于第一信号质量阈值。基于这样的设计,上述确定的第一候选波束集合中可能包括第一邻区中的服务波束或者最佳波束,有助于终端设备确认准确的第一候选波束集合,从而提高终端设备波束测量和维护的性能。In one possible design, the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in the service cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold. Based on such a design, the first candidate beam set determined above may include a service beam or an optimal beam in the first neighboring cell, which helps the terminal device to confirm an accurate first candidate beam set, thereby improving the performance of beam measurement and maintenance of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述第一候选波束集合中确定目标波束,所述目标波束为所述终端设备更换至所述第一邻区后的服务波束,或者,所述目标波束的信号质量大于或等于第二信号质量阈值。这样的设计可以降低终端设备确认第一邻区中最佳波束/服务波束的时延,有助于提升终端设备完成切换或者小区选择/重选的速率,降低切换或者小区选择/重选带来的中断,从而提升用户体验和性能。In one possible design, a target beam is determined in the first candidate beam set, and the target beam is the serving beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell, or the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to a second signal quality threshold. Such a design can reduce the delay of the terminal device confirming the best beam/serving beam in the first neighboring cell, help improve the rate at which the terminal device completes switching or cell selection/reselection, reduce the interruption caused by switching or cell selection/reselection, and thus improve user experience and performance.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可以接收来自所述服务小区的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第一邻区的I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息,I为正整数。这样的设计中,网络通过指示第一邻区的波束信息,向终端设备配置邻区的波束测量范围,能够减少波束测量范围的信令开销。In one possible design, the terminal device may receive first indication information from the serving cell, where the first indication information indicates at least one set of beam information among I sets of beam information of the first neighboring cell, where I is a positive integer. In such a design, the network configures the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by indicating the beam information of the first neighboring cell, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the beam measurement range.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备也可以根据所述第一邻区中至少一个波束的覆盖范围信息,确定所述第一邻区的I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息,I为正整数。这样的设计中,终端设备自行结合邻区中波束的覆盖信息,可以快速地决策测量和维护的波束,也能够减少网络发送波束信息的信令开销。In one possible design, the terminal device may also determine at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area based on the coverage information of at least one beam in the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer. In such a design, the terminal device can quickly decide on the beam to measure and maintain by combining the coverage information of the beam in the neighboring area, and can also reduce the signaling overhead of the network sending the beam information.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可以在所述第一候选波束集合中的一个波束关联的测量时间窗内,对所述一个波束进行测量;其中,所述波束集合中不同波束关联的测量时间窗相同或不同。对应于邻区的波束测量范围的缩小,测量时间窗的数量或测量时间窗内测量波束的数量也会减少,这样的设计能够节省终端设备执行测量的时间,减少终端设备的测量开销和功耗。In one possible design, the terminal device can measure a beam in the first candidate beam set within a measurement time window associated with the beam, wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the beam set are the same or different. Corresponding to the reduction of the beam measurement range of the neighboring area, the number of measurement time windows or the number of measurement beams in the measurement time window will also be reduced. Such a design can save the time for the terminal device to perform measurements and reduce the measurement overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,所述服务小区为非地面网络NTN中的小区,终端设备可以接收所述服务小区的系统信息块SIB1,并根据所述SIB1接入所述服务小区。其中,所述SIB1中包括用于终端设备接入所述服务小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述服务小区的纪元时间信息、所述服务小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述服务小区的小区调度信息、所述服务小区的定时提前信息、所述服务小区的卫星极化信息、所述服务小区的卫星星历信息。这样的设计中,通过SIB1提前发送服务小区的接入配置信息,可以减少终端设备获取到前述接入配置信息的时延,进而能够降低接入时延,提升接入的成功率以及用户体验度。In one possible design, the service cell is a cell in a non-terrestrial network NTN, and the terminal device can receive the system information block SIB1 of the service cell and access the service cell according to the SIB1. The SIB1 includes access configuration information for the terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell. In such a design, sending the access configuration information of the service cell in advance through SIB1 can reduce the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种测量方法,终端设备根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合。如果所述服务小区发生移动,且所述终端设备未移出第一区域,则终端设备可以对所述第一候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量;或者,如果所述服务小区发生移动,则终端设备根据服务小区的第二波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第二候选波束集合;以及对所述第二候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量。其中,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量,所述第二候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, in which a terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area based on a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area. If the serving cell moves and the terminal device does not move out of the first area, the terminal device may measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set; or, if the serving cell moves, the terminal device determines a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area based on a second beam of the serving cell and beam information of the first neighboring area; and measures at least one beam in the second candidate beam set. The total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area, and the total number of beams included in the second candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
上述设计可以应用于服务小区为地面移动型的NTN小区的场景中,匹配于服务小区中的服务波束或最佳波束的更新,及时更新邻区中待测量的波束集合,能够保障波束测量的准确性。The above design can be applied to the scenario where the service cell is a ground mobile NTN cell. It matches the update of the service beam or the best beam in the service cell, and timely updates the beam set to be measured in the neighboring cell, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the beam measurement.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种测量方法,网络设备发送第一邻区的波束信息,所述第一邻区的波束信息用于确定所述第一邻区对应的待测量的第一候选波束集合,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的 波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a measurement method, wherein a network device sends beam information of a first neighboring area, and the beam information of the first neighboring area is used to determine a first candidate beam set to be measured corresponding to the first neighboring area, and the first candidate beam set includes The total number of beams is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
这样的设计中,网络通过指示第一邻区的波束信息,间接地向终端设备配置邻区的波束测量范围,能够减少波束测量范围的信令开销。In such a design, the network indirectly configures the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by indicating the beam information of the first neighboring cell, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the beam measurement range.
在一种可能的设计中,所述波束信息包括如下中的一种或多种:波束标识偏移量信息、第一候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。In one possible design, the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一邻区的波束信息包括I组波束信息,所述第一候选波束集合为I个子候选波束集合的并集;其中,所述I组波束信息中的第i组波束信息用于确定所述I个子候选波束集合中的第i个子候选波束集合;I为正整数,i为正整数,1≤i≤I。In one possible design, the beam information of the first neighboring area includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets; wherein the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information is used to determine the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets; I is a positive integer, i is a positive integer, 1≤i≤I.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第i组波束信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于第一波束的波束标识偏移量、所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。可选的,有关第i子候选波束集合中包括的波束可以参照如下示例1至示例3理解。In one possible design, the i-th group of beam information includes one or more of the following: a beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Optionally, the beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set can be understood with reference to the following Examples 1 to 3.
示例1,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni。其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。Example 1: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i . Wherein, BI is the identifier of the first beam, M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; M i , K i , and N i are integers; and mod is a modulo operator.
示例2,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni。其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。Example 2: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the last beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i . Wherein, BI is the identifier of the first beam, M i is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, K i is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and N i is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; M i , K i , and N i are integers; and mod is a modulo operator.
示例3,所述第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,所述第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni;其中,BI为所述第一波束的标识,Mi为所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量,Ki为所述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息,Ni为所述第一邻区中波束的总数量;Mi,Ki,Ni为整数;mod为取模运算符。Example 3: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod Ni - Ki ]mod Ni , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod Ni + Ki ]mod Ni ; wherein BI is the identifier of the first beam, Mi is the beam identifier offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, Ki is the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set, and Ni is the total number of beams in the first neighboring area; Mi , Ki , Ni are integers; and mod is a modulo operator.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一波束为终端设备在服务小区中的服务波束,或者,所述第一波束的信号质量大于或等于第一信号质量阈值。In one possible design, the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in a service cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备还可以接收来自至少一个终端设备的波束测量结果,并根据所述至少一个终端设备的波束测量结果,确定所述第一邻区的波束信息。其中,所述至少一个终端设备中一个终端设备的波束测量结果指示所述一个终端设备测量至少一个邻区中波束的测量结果。这样的设计中,网络支持联合多个终端设备对邻区的波束测量结果,确定邻区的波束信息,有助于提升波束信息的准确性,也便于网络对波束信息的更新和维护。In one possible design, the network device may also receive beam measurement results from at least one terminal device, and determine the beam information of the first neighboring area based on the beam measurement results of the at least one terminal device. The beam measurement result of one of the at least one terminal device indicates the measurement result of the beam in at least one neighboring area measured by the one terminal device. In such a design, the network supports combining the beam measurement results of neighboring areas by multiple terminal devices to determine the beam information of the neighboring area, which helps to improve the accuracy of the beam information and facilitates the network to update and maintain the beam information.
在一种可能的设计中,网络设备还可以发送服务小区的系统信息块SIB1,所述SIB1中包括用于终端设备接入所述服务小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述服务小区的纪元时间信息、所述服务小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述服务小区的小区调度信息、所述服务小区的定时提前信息、所述服务小区的卫星极化信息、所述服务小区的卫星星历信息。In one possible design, the network device may also send a system information block SIB1 of a service cell, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization assistance information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种接入方法,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一NTN小区的SIB1,并根据所述SIB1接入所述第一小区。其中,所述SIB1中包括第一NTN小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第一NTN小区的纪元时间信息、所述第一NTN小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述第一NTN小区的小区调度信息、所述第一NTN小区的定时提前信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星极化信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星星历信息。可选的,第一NTN小区也可以理解为终端设备待接入的服务小区。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein a terminal device receives SIB1 of a first NTN cell from a network device, and accesses the first cell according to the SIB1. The SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell. Optionally, the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
这样的设计中,通过SIB1提前发送待接入的NTN小区的接入配置信息,可以减少终端设备获取到前述接入配置信息的时延,进而能够降低接入时延,提升接入的成功率以及用户体验度。In such a design, by sending the access configuration information of the NTN cell to be accessed in advance through SIB1, the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information can be reduced, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
可选的,前述第一NTN小区的接入配置信息也可以被替换描述为第一NTN小区的本区信息,所述本区信息包括如下中的一个或多个:本区的纪元时间信息、本区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信 息、本区的小区调度信息、本区的定时提前信息、本区的卫星极化信息、本区的卫星星历信息。这里的“本区”指的是第一NTN小区。Optionally, the access configuration information of the first NTN cell may also be replaced by the local area information of the first NTN cell, wherein the local area information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the local area, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the local area, information, cell scheduling information of this area, timing advance information of this area, satellite polarization information of this area, and satellite ephemeris information of this area. The "this area" here refers to the first NTN cell.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种接入方法,网络设备向终端设备发送第一NTN小区的SIB1,所述SIB1中包括第一NTN小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第一NTN小区的纪元时间信息、所述第一NTN小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述第一NTN小区的小区调度信息、所述第一NTN小区的定时提前信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星极化信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星星历信息。可选的,第一NTN小区也可以理解为终端设备待接入的NTN小区,或称服务小区。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein a network device sends a SIB1 of a first NTN cell to a terminal device, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell. Optionally, the first NTN cell can also be understood as the NTN cell to be accessed by the terminal device, or as a service cell.
可选的,前述第一NTN小区的接入配置信息也可以被替换描述为第一NTN小区的本区信息,所述本区信息包括如下中的一个或多个:本区的纪元时间信息、本区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、本区的小区调度信息、本区的定时提前信息、本区的卫星极化信息、本区的卫星星历信息。这里的“本区”指的是第一NTN小区。Optionally, the access configuration information of the first NTN cell may also be replaced by the local area information of the first NTN cell, and the local area information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the local area, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the local area, cell scheduling information of the local area, timing advance information of the local area, satellite polarization information of the local area, and satellite ephemeris information of the local area. The "local area" here refers to the first NTN cell.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device. In one design, the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the first aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
处理模块,用于根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合;以及对所述第一候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量。其中,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。A processing module is used to determine a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring area; and measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set. The total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
在一种可能的设计中,所述波束信息包括如下中的一种或多种:波束标识偏移量信息、第一候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。In one possible design, the beam information includes one or more of the following: beam identification offset information, indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一邻区的波束信息包括I组波束信息,所述第一候选波束集合为I个子候选波束集合的并集,I为正整数;所述根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合,包括:根据所述服务小区的第一波束和所述I组波束信息中的第i组波束信息,确定所述I个子候选波束集合中的第i个子候选波束集合;其中,i为正整数,1≤i≤I。In one possible design, the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I sub-candidate beam sets, where I is a positive integer; determining the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell according to the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes: determining the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I sub-candidate beam sets according to the first beam of the serving cell and the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information; wherein i is a positive integer, 1≤i≤I.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第i组波束信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第i个子候选波束集合相对于所述第一波束的波束标识偏移量、所述第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息、所述第一邻区中的波束数量。基于这类波束信息,能够加快确定第i个子候选波束集合,进而提升波束测量的效率。可选的,有关第i子候选波束集合中包括的波束可以参照第一方面中描述的示例1至示例3理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。In one possible design, the i-th group of beam information includes one or more of the following: a beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam, information indicating the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area. Based on this type of beam information, it is possible to speed up the determination of the i-th sub-candidate beam set, thereby improving the efficiency of beam measurement. Optionally, the beams included in the i-th sub-candidate beam set can be understood with reference to Examples 1 to 3 described in the first aspect, and this is not elaborated in the embodiments of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一波束为所述终端设备在所述服务小区中的服务波束,或者,所述第一波束的信号质量大于或等于第一信号质量阈值。In one possible design, the first beam is a serving beam of the terminal device in the serving cell, or the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to a first signal quality threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述第一候选波束集合中确定目标波束,所述目标波束为所述终端设备更换至所述第一邻区后的服务波束,或者,所述目标波束的信号质量大于或等于第二信号质量阈值。In one possible design, a target beam is determined in the first candidate beam set, and the target beam is the serving beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell, or the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to a second signal quality threshold.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块,用于接收来自所述服务小区的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第一邻区的I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息,I为正整数。In one possible design, a communication module is used to receive first indication information from the serving cell, where the first indication information indicates at least one set of beam information among I sets of beam information of the first neighboring cell, where I is a positive integer.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块,还用于根据所述第一邻区中至少一个波束的覆盖范围信息,确定所述第一邻区的I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息,I为正整数。In one possible design, the processing module is also used to determine at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area based on the coverage information of at least one beam in the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块,还用于在所述第一候选波束集合中的一个波束关联的测量时间窗内,对所述一个波束进行测量;其中,所述波束集合中不同波束关联的测量时间窗相同或不同。In one possible design, the processing module is further used to measure the one beam within a measurement time window associated with the one beam in the first candidate beam set; wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the beam set are the same or different.
在上述设计实施之前,终端设备需接入服务小区。在一种可能的设计中,所述服务小区为非地面网络NTN中的小区。通信模块,还用于接收所述服务小区的系统信息块SIB1;处理模块,还用于根据所述SIB1接入所述服务小区。其中,所述SIB1中包括用于终端设备接入所述服务小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述服务小区的纪元时间信息、所述服务小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述服务小区的小区调度信息、所述服务小区的定时提前信息、所述服务小区的卫星极化信息、所述服务小区的卫星星历信息。这样的设计中,通过SIB1提前发送服 务小区的接入配置信息,可以减少终端设备获取到前述接入配置信息的时延,进而能够降低接入时延,提升接入的成功率以及用户体验度。Before the above design is implemented, the terminal device needs to access the service cell. In one possible design, the service cell is a cell in the non-terrestrial network NTN. The communication module is also used to receive the system information block SIB1 of the service cell; the processing module is also used to access the service cell according to the SIB1. Among them, the SIB1 includes access configuration information for the terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell. In such a design, the service cell is sent in advance through SIB1. The access configuration information of the service cell can reduce the delay for the terminal device to obtain the aforementioned access configuration information, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第二方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device. In one design, the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the second aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
处理模块,用于根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合。如果所述服务小区发生移动,且所述终端设备未移出第一区域,则处理模块,还用于对所述第一候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量;或者,如果所述服务小区发生移动,则处理模块,还用于根据服务小区的第二波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定所述第一邻区对应的第二候选波束集合;以及对所述第二候选波束集合中的至少一个波束进行测量。A processing module is used to determine a first candidate beam set corresponding to a first neighboring area according to a first beam of a serving cell and beam information of a first neighboring area. If the serving cell moves and the terminal device does not move out of the first area, the processing module is further used to measure at least one beam in the first candidate beam set; or, if the serving cell moves, the processing module is further used to determine a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area according to a second beam of the serving cell and beam information of the first neighboring area; and measure at least one beam in the second candidate beam set.
其中,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量,所述第二候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。The total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area, and the total number of beams included in the second candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
一些可能的设计可以参照第六方面中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。例如,通信模块,可以用于接收来自服务小区的第一指示信息,第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第一邻区的I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息,I为正整数。Some possible designs can be understood by referring to the description in the sixth aspect, and the embodiments of the present application will not be described in detail. For example, the communication module can be used to receive a first indication information from a serving cell, the first indication information indicating at least one set of beam information in I sets of beam information of the first neighboring area, where I is a positive integer.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第三方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network device, or a device, module, or chip in a network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a network device. In one design, the communication device may include a module that executes the method/operation/step/action described in the third aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
处理模块,用于确定第一邻区的波束信息。A processing module is used to determine the beam information of the first neighboring area.
通信模块,用于发送第一邻区的波束信息,所述第一邻区的波束信息用于确定所述第一邻区对应的待测量的第一候选波束集合,所述第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量小于所述第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。A communication module is used to send beam information of a first neighboring cell, wherein the beam information of the first neighboring cell is used to determine a first candidate beam set to be measured corresponding to the first neighboring cell, and the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring cell.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块,还用于接收来自至少一个终端设备的波束测量结果;处理模块,还用于根据所述至少一个终端设备的波束测量结果,确定所述第一邻区的波束信息。其中,所述至少一个终端设备中一个终端设备的波束测量结果指示所述一个终端设备测量至少一个邻区中波束的测量结果。这样的设计中,网络支持联合多个终端设备对邻区的波束测量结果,确定邻区的波束信息,有助于提升波束信息的准确性,也便于网络对波束信息的更新和维护。In one possible design, the communication module is further used to receive beam measurement results from at least one terminal device; the processing module is further used to determine the beam information of the first neighboring area based on the beam measurement results of the at least one terminal device. The beam measurement result of one of the at least one terminal device indicates the measurement result of the beam in at least one neighboring area measured by the one terminal device. In such a design, the network supports combining the beam measurement results of neighboring areas by multiple terminal devices to determine the beam information of the neighboring area, which helps to improve the accuracy of the beam information and facilitates the network to update and maintain the beam information.
在一种可能的设计中,通信模块,还用于发送服务小区的系统信息块SIB1,所述SIB1中包括用于终端设备接入所述服务小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述服务小区的纪元时间信息、所述服务小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述服务小区的小区调度信息、所述服务小区的定时提前信息、所述服务小区的卫星极化信息、所述服务小区的卫星星历信息。In one possible design, the communication module is also used to send a system information block SIB1 of a service cell, wherein the SIB1 includes access configuration information for a terminal device to access the service cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the service cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the service cell, cell scheduling information of the service cell, timing advance information of the service cell, satellite polarization information of the service cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the service cell.
另外一些可能的设计,可参照第三方面中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。For other possible designs, please refer to the description in the third aspect and will not be elaborated in detail in the embodiments of the present application.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种接入方法,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第五方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an access method, wherein the communication device may be a terminal device, or a device, module, or chip in a terminal device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a terminal device. In one design, the communication device may include a module that corresponds to the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
通信模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一NTN小区的SIB1。The communication module is used to receive SIB1 of a first NTN cell from a network device.
处理模块,用于根据所述SIB1接入所述第一小区。其中,所述SIB1中包括第一NTN小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第一NTN小区的纪元时间信息、所述第一NTN小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述第一NTN小区的小区调度信息、所述第一NTN小区的定时提前信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星极化信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星星历信息。可选的,第一NTN小区也可以理解为终端设备待接入的服务小区。A processing module is configured to access the first cell according to the SIB1. The SIB1 includes access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: epoch time information of the first NTN cell, effective duration information of uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, timing advance information of the first NTN cell, satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell. Optionally, the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置、模块或芯片等,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第五方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。 In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a network device, or a device, module, or chip in a network device, or a device that can be used in conjunction with a network device. In one design, the communication device may include a module that corresponds to the method/operation/step/action described in the fifth aspect, and the module may be a hardware circuit, or software, or a combination of a hardware circuit and software. In one design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
处理模块,用于确定第一NTN小区的SIB1。The processing module is used to determine the SIB1 of the first NTN cell.
通信模块,用于向终端设备发送第一NTN小区的SIB1,所述SIB1中包括第一NTN小区的接入配置信息,所述接入配置信息包括如下中的一个或多个:所述第一NTN小区的纪元时间信息、所述第一NTN小区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息、所述第一NTN小区的小区调度信息、所述第一NTN小区的定时提前信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星极化信息、所述第一NTN小区的卫星星历信息。可选的,第一NTN小区也可以理解为终端设备待接入的服务小区。The communication module is used to send the SIB1 of the first NTN cell to the terminal device, wherein the SIB1 includes the access configuration information of the first NTN cell, and the access configuration information includes one or more of the following: the epoch time information of the first NTN cell, the effective duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the first NTN cell, the cell scheduling information of the first NTN cell, the timing advance information of the first NTN cell, the satellite polarization information of the first NTN cell, and the satellite ephemeris information of the first NTN cell. Optionally, the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面所描述的方法。处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储指令和数据,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时,可以实现第一方面至第五方面中任一方面描述的方法。可选的,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器;所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor, for implementing the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects above. The processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store instructions and data, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in any one of the first to fifth aspects can be implemented. Optionally, the communication device may further include a memory; the communication device may further include a communication interface, the communication interface is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices, and illustratively, the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, pin or other type of communication interface.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括如第六方面或第七方面中所描述的通信装置;以及如第八方面所述描述的通信装置;或者,包括如第九方面中所描述的通信装置;以及如第十方面所述描述的通信装置。In the twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a communication device as described in the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect; and a communication device as described in the eighth aspect; or, including a communication device as described in the ninth aspect; and a communication device as described in the tenth aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
第十五方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或者指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法。In the fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, in which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
第十六方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法,或者,所述芯片包括用于执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法的电路。In the sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which is used to read a computer program stored in a memory and execute the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above, or the chip includes a circuit for executing the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above.
第十七方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持装置实现上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的方法。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存该装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In the seventeenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, which includes a processor for supporting a device to implement the method provided in any one of the first to fifth aspects above. In one possible design, the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store the necessary programs and data for the device. The chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
如上第二方面至第十七方面的任一方面所提供的方案的效果,可参考第一方面中的相应描述。The effects of the solutions provided in any of the second to seventeenth aspects above can be referred to the corresponding description in the first aspect.
图1为一种陆地网络通信系统的架构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a land network communication system;
图2为一种NTN通信系统架构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of an NTN communication system architecture;
图3为一种5G卫星通信系统的架构示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G satellite communication system;
图4A为一种透传架构示意图;FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a transparent transmission architecture;
图4B为一种再生架构示意图;FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a regeneration architecture;
图5A为一种地面准静止型的NTN小区的覆盖示意图;FIG5A is a schematic diagram of coverage of a terrestrial quasi-stationary NTN cell;
图5B为一种地面移动型的NTN小区的覆盖示意图;FIG5B is a schematic diagram of coverage of a ground mobile NTN cell;
图6A为一种波束成形示意图;FIG6A is a schematic diagram of beamforming;
图6B为小区中的波束分布模式示意图之一;FIG6B is a schematic diagram of one of the beam distribution patterns in a cell;
图6C为小区中的波束分布模式示意图之一;FIG6C is a schematic diagram of one of the beam distribution patterns in a cell;
图6D为波束测量的测量时间窗的示意图;FIG6D is a schematic diagram of a measurement time window for beam measurement;
图7为本申请实施例提供的测量方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a measurement method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为小区之间接替覆盖的示意图之一;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a relay coverage between cells;
图9为小区之间接替覆盖的示意图之一;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a relay coverage between cells;
图10为本申请实施例提供的测量方法的流程示意图之一;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of one of the flow charts of the measurement method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的接入方法的流程示意图之一; FIG11 is a flow chart of one of the access methods provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种系统信息发送方式的示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of a system information sending method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意图之一;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意图之一。FIG. 14 is one of the schematic diagrams of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例如下涉及的至少一个(项),指示一个(项)或多个(项)。多个(项),是指两个(项)或两个(项)以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,应当理解,尽管在本申请实施例中可能采用术语第一、第二等来描述各对象、但这些对象不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将各对象彼此区分开。The at least one (item) involved in the embodiments of the present application as follows indicates one (item) or more (items). More than one (item) refers to two (items) or more than two (items). "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or" relationship. In addition, it should be understood that although the terms first, second, etc. may be used to describe each object in the embodiments of the present application, these objects should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish each object from each other.
本申请实施例如下描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何方法或设计方案不应被解释为比其它方法或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。The terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof mentioned in the following description of the embodiments of the present application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes other steps or units that are not listed, or optionally also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices. It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any method or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other methods or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请实施例提供的技术可以应用于各种通信系统,例如卫星通信系统、高空平台(high altitude platform station,HAPS)通信系统、无人机等非地面网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)系统;例如,通信、导航一体化(integrated communication and navigation,IcaN)系统、全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)和超密低轨卫星通信系统等。本申请实施例应用的通信系统可以与地面通信系统相融合。例如:所述地面通信系统可以为第四代(4th generation,4G)通信系统(例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统),全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统(例如,新无线(new radio,NR)系统),以及未来的移动通信系统如6G通信系统等。The technology provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems, high altitude platform station (HAPS) communication systems, drones and other non-terrestrial network (NTN) systems; for example, integrated communication and navigation (IcaN) systems, global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) and ultra-dense low-orbit satellite communication systems. The communication system applied in the embodiments of the present application can be integrated with the ground communication system. For example: the ground communication system can be a fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) communication system (for example, long term evolution (LTE) system), a worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, a fifth generation (5G) communication system (for example, a new radio (NR) system), and future mobile communication systems such as 6G communication systems.
通信系统中的一个网元可以向另一个网元发送信号或从另一个网元接收信号。其中信号可以包括信息、信令或者数据等。其中,网元也可以被替换为实体、网络实体、设备、通信设备、通信模块、节点、通信节点等等,本申请实施例中以网元为例进行描述。A network element in a communication system may send a signal to another network element or receive a signal from another network element. The signal may include information, signaling, or data. The network element may also be replaced by an entity, a network entity, a device, a communication device, a communication module, a node, a communication node, etc. The network element is used as an example for description in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,地面通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个网络设备。网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行信号,和/或终端设备可以向网络设备发送上行信号此外可以理解的是,若通信系统中包括多个终端设备,多个终端设备之间也可以互发信号,即信号的发送网元和信号的接收网元均可以是终端设备。For example, the ground communication system may include at least one terminal device and at least one network device. The network device may send a downlink signal to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device may send an uplink signal to the network device. In addition, it is understood that if the communication system includes multiple terminal devices, multiple terminal devices may also send signals to each other, that is, both the signal sending network element and the signal receiving network element may be terminal devices.
图1示出了一种移动通信系统的架构。通信系统100可以包括网络设备110和终端设备101~终端设备106。应理解,该通信系统100中可以包括更多或更少的网络设备或终端设备。网络设备或终端设备可以是硬件,也可以是从功能上划分的软件或者以上二者的结合。此外,终端设备104~终端设备106也可以组成一个通信系统,例如终端设备105可以发送下行数据给终端设备104或终端设备106。网络设备与终端设备之间可以通过其他设备或网元通信。网络设备110可以向终端设备101~终端设备106发送下行数据,也可以接收终端设备101~终端设备106发送的上行数据。当然,终端设备101~终端设备106也可以向网络设备110发送上行数据,也可以接收网络设备110发送的下行数据。FIG1 shows an architecture of a mobile communication system. The communication system 100 may include a network device 110 and terminal devices 101 to 106. It should be understood that the communication system 100 may include more or fewer network devices or terminal devices. The network device or terminal device may be hardware, or software divided from a functional point of view, or a combination of the above two. In addition, the terminal devices 104 to 106 may also form a communication system, for example, the terminal device 105 may send downlink data to the terminal device 104 or the terminal device 106. The network device and the terminal device may communicate through other devices or network elements. The network device 110 may send downlink data to the terminal devices 101 to 106, and may also receive uplink data sent by the terminal devices 101 to 106. Of course, the terminal devices 101 to 106 may also send uplink data to the network device 110, and may also receive downlink data sent by the network device 110.
网络设备110为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的节点,又可以称为基站,还可以称为RAN节点(或设备)。目前,一些接入网设备101的举例为:演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、卫星、无人机等。该网络设备还可以为5G系统中的基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)或TRP或TP,或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板。此外,该 网络设备还可以为构成gNB或TP的网络节点,如BBU,或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。或者,该网络设备还可以是设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)、车联网通信系统或者其他通信系统中承担网络侧功能的设备。网络设备110还可以是未来可能的通信系统中的网络设备。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device 110 is a node in a radio access network (RAN), which can also be called a base station, or a RAN node (or device). At present, some examples of access network devices 101 are: evolved node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission reception point (TRP), satellite, drone, etc. The network device can also be a base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) or TRP or TP in a 5G system, or one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system. In addition, the The network device may also be a network node constituting a gNB or TP, such as a BBU, or a distributed unit (DU). Alternatively, the network device may also be a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, an Internet of Things (IoT), a vehicle network communication system, or a device that performs network-side functions in other communication systems. The network device 110 may also be a network device in a possible future communication system. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
终端设备101~终端设备106,又可以称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等,是一种向用户提供语音或数据连通性的设备,也可以是物联网设备。例如,终端设备101~终端设备106包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,终端设备101~终端设备106可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等),车载设备(例如,汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(例如,冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(例如,智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等。终端设备101~终端设备106还可以是其他具有终端功能的设备,例如,终端设备101~终端设备106还可以是D2D通信中担任终端功能的设备。Terminal devices 101 to 106, which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, are devices that provide voice or data connectivity to users, and may also be IoT devices. For example, terminal devices 101 to 106 include handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, etc. At present, the terminal devices 101 to 106 can be: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptop computers, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.), vehicle-mounted devices (such as cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.), virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, industrial control (industrial control) devices, etc. Wireless terminals, smart home devices (e.g., refrigerators, televisions, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, flight equipment (e.g., smart robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes), etc. Terminal devices 101 to 106 may also be other devices with terminal functions, for example, terminal devices 101 to 106 may also be devices that function as terminals in D2D communications.
基于图1所示的地面通信系统架构的描述,对本申请实施例可以应用非地面网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)通信系统进行举例说明。NTN包括卫星网络、高空平台和无人机等节点,具有全球覆盖、远距离传输、组网灵活、部署方便和不受地理条件限制等显著优点,已经被广泛应用于海上通信、定位导航、抗险救灾、科学实验、视频广播和对地观测等多个领域。地面5G网络和卫星网络等相互融,取长补短,共同构成全球无缝覆盖的海、陆、空、天、地一体化综合通信网,满足用户无处不在的多种业务需求。Based on the description of the ground communication system architecture shown in FIG1 , an example of a non-terrestrial network (NTN) communication system can be applied to the embodiments of the present application. NTN includes nodes such as satellite networks, high-altitude platforms and drones, and has significant advantages such as global coverage, long-distance transmission, flexible networking, convenient deployment and no geographical restrictions. It has been widely used in maritime communications, positioning navigation, disaster relief, scientific experiments, video broadcasting and earth observation. Many fields. The ground 5G network and satellite network are integrated with each other, learning from each other's strengths and weaknesses, and together constitute a global seamless coverage of the sea, land, air, space and ground integrated integrated communication network to meet the various business needs of users everywhere.
本申请实施例中NTN通信以卫星通信为例,或者说NTN通信系统以卫星系统为例。如图2所示,NTN通信系统中包括卫星201和终端设备202。终端设备202的解释可以参照上述终端设备101~终端设备106的相关描述。卫星201还可以称为高空平台、高空飞行器、或卫星基站。将NTN通信系统与陆地网络通信系统联系来看,可以将卫星201看作陆地网络通信系统架构中的一个或多个网络设备。卫星201向终端设备202提供通信服务,卫星201还可以连接到核心网设备。卫星201具有的结构和功能也可以参照上述对网络设备110的描述。卫星201和终端设备202之间的通信方式也可以参照上述图1中的描述。在此不再赘述。本申请实施例中的方案也可以直接或在以本领域技术人员可以想到的方法稍加修改后应用于地面通信网络,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, NTN communication takes satellite communication as an example, or the NTN communication system takes a satellite system as an example. As shown in FIG2, the NTN communication system includes a satellite 201 and a terminal device 202. The explanation of the terminal device 202 can refer to the relevant description of the terminal devices 101 to 106 mentioned above. Satellite 201 can also be called a high-altitude platform, a high-altitude aircraft, or a satellite base station. In terms of the connection between the NTN communication system and the terrestrial network communication system, the satellite 201 can be regarded as one or more network devices in the terrestrial network communication system architecture. Satellite 201 provides communication services to the terminal device 202, and satellite 201 can also be connected to the core network device. The structure and function of satellite 201 can also refer to the above description of network device 110. The communication method between satellite 201 and terminal device 202 can also refer to the description in FIG1 above. It will not be repeated here. The scheme in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to the terrestrial communication network directly or after being slightly modified in a method that can be thought of by a person skilled in the art, and it will not be repeated here.
一些卫星的举例包括:低轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星,轨道高度为500千米(km)~2000km;中轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星,轨道高度为2000km~20000km;高轨道(high earth orbit,HEO)卫星,轨道高度大于20000km,且为椭圆轨道;同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星,轨道高度为35800km;非静止轨道(non-geostationary earth orbit,NGEO)卫星。Some examples of satellites include: low earth orbit (LEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 500 kilometers (km) to 2000km; medium earth orbit (MEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 2000km to 20,000km; high earth orbit (HEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude greater than 20,000km and an elliptical orbit; geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellites, with an orbital altitude of 35,800km; and non-geostationary earth orbit (NGEO) satellites.
以5G为例,一种5G卫星通信系统架构如图3所示。地面终端设备通过5G新空口接入网络,5G基站部署在卫星上,并通过无线链路与地面的核心网相连。同时,在卫星之间存在无线链路,完成基站与基站之间的信令交互和用户数据传输。图3中的设备和接口的说明如下:Taking 5G as an example, a 5G satellite communication system architecture is shown in Figure 3. Ground terminal equipment accesses the network through the 5G new air interface, and the 5G base station is deployed on the satellite and connected to the ground core network through a wireless link. At the same time, there is a wireless link between satellites to complete the signaling interaction and user data transmission between base stations. The devices and interfaces in Figure 3 are described as follows:
5G核心网:用户接入控制,移动性管理,会话管理,用户安全认证,计费等业务。它有多个功能单元组成,可以分为控制面和数据面的功能实体。接入与移动管理单元(AMF),负责用户接入管理,安全认证,还有移动性管理。用户面单元(UPF)负责管理用户面数据的传输,流量统计等功能。5G core network: user access control, mobility management, session management, user security authentication, billing and other services. It consists of multiple functional units, which can be divided into functional entities of control plane and data plane. Access and mobility management unit (AMF) is responsible for user access management, security authentication, and mobility management. User plane unit (UPF) is responsible for managing the transmission of user plane data, traffic statistics and other functions.
地面站:负责转发卫星基站和5G核心网之间的信令和业务数据。Ground station: responsible for forwarding signaling and business data between satellite base stations and 5G core network.
5G新空口:终端和基站之间的无线链路。5G New Radio: The wireless link between the terminal and the base station.
Xn接口:5G基站和基站之间的接口,主要用于切换等信令交互。Xn interface: The interface between 5G base stations, mainly used for signaling interactions such as switching.
NG接口:5G基站和5G核心网之间接口,主要交互核心网的NAS等信令,以及用户的业务数据。NG interface: The interface between the 5G base station and the 5G core network, which mainly interacts with the core network's NAS and other signaling, as well as the user's business data.
其中,一些地面站设备的举例,如下:现有的移动通信架构(如5G网络的3GPP接入架构)的核 心网(core network,CN)中的设备或未来移动通信架构中的核心网中的设备。核心网作为承载网络提供到数据网络的接口,为用户设备(UE)提供通信连接、认证、管理、策略控制以及对数据业务完成承载等。其中,CN又进一步可包括:接入和移动管理网元(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理网元(session management function,SMF),认证服务器网元(authentication server function,AUSF)、策略控制节点(policy control function,PCF)、用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF)等等网元。其中,AMF网元用于管理UE的接入和移动性,主要负责UE的认证、UE移动性管理,UE的寻呼等功能。Some examples of ground station equipment are as follows: The core of the existing mobile communication architecture (such as the 3GPP access architecture of the 5G network) Equipment in the core network (CN) or equipment in the core network in the future mobile communication architecture. As a bearer network, the core network provides an interface to the data network, provides communication connection, authentication, management, policy control and data service bearing for user equipment (UE). Among them, CN may further include: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), authentication server function (AUSF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (UPF) and other network elements. Among them, the AMF network element is used to manage the access and mobility of UE, and is mainly responsible for UE authentication, UE mobility management, UE paging and other functions.
按照星上处理能力,卫星通信系统包括透传架构(transparent payload)与再生架构(regenerative payload)。其中,透传也可以称为透明转发(transparent)或称为弯管转发传输,再生也可以称为非透传。According to the on-board processing capability, satellite communication systems include transparent payload and regenerative payload. Transparent payload can also be called transparent forwarding or bent pipe forwarding transmission, and regenerative payload can also be called non-transparent payload.
如图4A示意一种透传架构中,基站位于地面,卫星通过地面的网关(gateway)与基站相连,终端设备与基站之间的信号通过卫星进行传递,数据处理功能依然位于基站处,即卫星仅负责信号转发而无数据处理能力。卫星与终端设备之间的链路为服务链路(service link),卫星与地面上的基站之间的链路被称为馈电链路(feeder link)。As shown in Figure 4A, in a transparent transmission architecture, the base station is located on the ground, the satellite is connected to the base station through a gateway on the ground, the signal between the terminal device and the base station is transmitted through the satellite, and the data processing function is still located at the base station, that is, the satellite is only responsible for signal forwarding and has no data processing capability. The link between the satellite and the terminal device is called the service link, and the link between the satellite and the base station on the ground is called the feeder link.
如图4B示意一种再生架构中,卫星具有部分或全部基站功能,卫星可以进行数据处理。完整的基站位于卫星上,或者基站的DU位于卫星上。卫星与终端设备之间的链路为服务链路(service link)。As shown in Figure 4B, in a regenerative architecture, the satellite has some or all of the base station functions and can perform data processing. The complete base station is located on the satellite, or the DU of the base station is located on the satellite. The link between the satellite and the terminal device is the service link.
此外,NTN网络中,网络设备可以管理一个或多个NTN小区(cell),通过NTN小区与终端设备进行通信。本申请实施例中涉及NTN小区的覆盖范围,NTN小区的覆盖范围指的是NTN小区在地面覆盖的区域,可简称为NTN小区的覆盖区域。根据NTN小区在地面覆盖区域的移动情况,NTN小区可分为以下三类:In addition, in the NTN network, the network device can manage one or more NTN cells and communicate with the terminal device through the NTN cells. The coverage of the NTN cell in the embodiments of the present application refers to the area covered by the NTN cell on the ground, which can be referred to as the coverage area of the NTN cell. According to the mobility of the NTN cell in the ground coverage area, the NTN cell can be divided into the following three categories:
第一类是地面静止型(earth-fixed),该类NTN小区的覆盖区域固定为地面上的某一区域,即持续定点覆盖。例如,GEO卫星提供的NTN小区即为该类型。The first type is earth-fixed, where the coverage area of this type of NTN cell is fixed to a certain area on the ground, i.e., continuous fixed-point coverage. For example, the NTN cell provided by GEO satellites is of this type.
第二类是地面准静止型(quasi-earth-fixed),该类NTN小区的覆盖区域在一段时间内固定为地面上某一区域,一段时间后将更换为地面上的另一区域,即一时间段内定点覆盖。例如,LEO卫星和MEO卫星可以提供该类型的NTN小区。如图5A示意,小区1在t1~t2时刻覆盖地面上的区域1,之后在t3更换为小区1覆盖地面上的区域2。The second type is quasi-earth-fixed. The coverage area of this type of NTN cell is fixed to a certain area on the ground for a period of time, and will be replaced by another area on the ground after a period of time, that is, fixed-point coverage within a period of time. For example, LEO satellites and MEO satellites can provide this type of NTN cell. As shown in Figure 5A, cell 1 covers area 1 on the ground at time t1-t2, and then changes to cell 1 covering area 2 on the ground at t3.
第三类是地面移动型(earth-moving),该类NTN小区的覆盖区域在地面上滑动。例如,LEO卫星和MEO卫星可以提供该类型的NTN小区。如图5B示意,小区1在t1覆盖地面上的区域1,在t2时刻滑动为覆盖地面上的区域2,在t3时刻滑动为覆盖地面上的区域3。The third type is earth-moving, where the coverage area of this type of NTN cell slides on the ground. For example, LEO satellites and MEO satellites can provide this type of NTN cell. As shown in FIG5B , cell 1 covers area 1 on the ground at t1, slides to cover area 2 on the ground at t2, and slides to cover area 3 on the ground at t3.
将地面通信系统中的网络设备和NTN通信系统中的卫星,统一看作网络设备。用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。以下描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案时,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,来描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The network devices in the ground communication system and the satellites in the NTN communication system are uniformly regarded as network devices. The device for realizing the function of the network device can be a network device; it can also be a device that can support the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which can be installed in the network device. When describing the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application below, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as a network device as an example.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备;也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,硬件电路、软件模块、或硬件电路加软件模块,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例,来描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device; or it may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system, a hardware circuit, a software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module, which may be installed in the terminal device or used in combination with the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. In the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the case where the device for realizing the function of the terminal device is a terminal device as an example.
本申请实施例涉及NTN小区的波束测量,为便于理解本申请实施例,接下来对本申请中的技术用语进行介绍。The embodiments of the present application involve beam measurement of NTN cells. To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the technical terms in the present application are introduced below.
(1)波束(beam)(1) Beam
5G NR中引入了波束成形(beamforming)技术,网络设备使用若干个波束依次分时地扫描(beam sweeping)小区内的不同的部分区域以实现一个小区的完整覆盖。一个波束对应唯一的标识(beam index),即不同波束的标识不同。不同波束对应不同的发送方向。如图6A示意,以一个小区中包括8个波束为例,t1时刻网络设备通过方向1发送参考信号形成波束0,或也可以描述为t1时刻网络设备向方向1发射beam 0;t2时刻网络设备通过方向2发送参考信号形成波束1,或也可以描述为t2时刻网络设备向方向2发射beam 1。以此类推,基于8个波束可以形成完整的小区覆盖,也即前述小区中包括8个波束。 Beamforming technology is introduced in 5G NR. The network equipment uses several beams to scan (beam sweeping) different parts of the cell in turn in time-sharing to achieve complete coverage of a cell. A beam corresponds to a unique identifier (beam index), that is, different beams have different identifiers. Different beams correspond to different transmission directions. As shown in Figure 6A, taking a cell including 8 beams as an example, at time t1, the network device sends a reference signal through direction 1 to form beam 0, or it can also be described as the network device transmitting beam 0 to direction 1 at time t1; at time t2, the network device sends a reference signal through direction 2 to form beam 1, or it can also be described as the network device transmitting beam 1 to direction 2 at time t2. By analogy, complete cell coverage can be formed based on 8 beams, that is, the aforementioned cell includes 8 beams.
其中,参考信号可以是同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/PBCH block,SSB)或者信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal,CSI-RS)。Among them, the reference signal can be a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization signal/PBCH block, SSB) or a channel state information reference signal (channel state information-reference signal, CSI-RS).
(2)NTN小区的波束分布模式(2) Beam distribution pattern of NTN cell
NTN小区的波束分布模式又称波束部署模式,指的是NTN小区中波束的排列模式或规律。例如,一个小区中的波束如何分布以形成当前小区的覆盖,或者说,一个小区的波束如何分布以实现该小区提供覆盖的区域。从波束角度而言,NTN小区的波束分布模式可以指示第一小区中波束的覆盖范围。The beam distribution mode of an NTN cell is also called the beam deployment mode, which refers to the arrangement pattern or regularity of the beams in the NTN cell. For example, how the beams in a cell are distributed to form the coverage of the current cell, or how the beams in a cell are distributed to achieve the area covered by the cell. From the perspective of beams, the beam distribution mode of an NTN cell can indicate the coverage range of the beams in the first cell.
本申请实施例中,小区中某一波束的覆盖范围可以指该波束在地面覆盖的区域,简称为波束的覆盖区域。可以理解,小区中全部波束的覆盖区域包含于该小区的覆盖区域,小区中部分(一个或多个)波束的覆盖区域也可以描述为小区的覆盖区域中的子区域。In the embodiment of the present application, the coverage range of a certain beam in a cell may refer to the area covered by the beam on the ground, referred to as the coverage area of the beam. It can be understood that the coverage area of all beams in a cell is included in the coverage area of the cell, and the coverage area of some (one or more) beams in a cell can also be described as a sub-area in the coverage area of the cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,NTN小区中的波束基于波束标识的大小顺序,按照顺时针或逆时针方向排列,从而形成一个NTN小区的覆盖区域。如图6B示意一种波束分布模式,小区1和小区2中的波束按照逆时针方向,波束标识从小到大的顺序排列,且构成循环排列,例如小区1中的波束7的上一个波束为波束6,波束7的下一个是波束0。In a possible implementation, the beams in the NTN cell are arranged in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction based on the order of the size of the beam identifiers, thereby forming a coverage area of the NTN cell. FIG6B illustrates a beam distribution pattern, where the beams in cell 1 and cell 2 are arranged in a counterclockwise direction, with the beam identifiers arranged in ascending order, and form a cyclic arrangement, for example, the previous beam of beam 7 in cell 1 is beam 6, and the next beam of beam 7 is beam 0.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,NTN中的波束基于波束标识的大小顺序,沿一定方向排列,从而形成一个NTN小区的覆盖。如图6C示意一种波束分布模式,小区1中的波束按照标识从小到大的顺序,沿一个矩形区域的短边的底端开始排列,每一列在短边排布若干个波束达到顶端后,再从短边的底端开始排布新的一列。小区2中的波束按照标识从小到大的顺序,沿一个矩形区域的短边的底端开始排列,每一列在短边排布若干个波束后,再从短边的顶端开始排布新的一列,即相邻两列在短边顶端的波束标识之间的差值为1(例如标识4和标识5),相邻三列的波束标识形成“Z”字形排序。小区3中的波束按照标识从小到大的顺序,沿一个矩形区域中长边的左端开始排列,每一行在长边排布若干个波束达到右端后,再从左端开始排布新的一行。可选的,前述一定方向可以是卫星扫描方向,该卫星扫描方向也可以理解为卫星运动的方向。此情况下,图6C中示意的小区1对应的卫星扫描方向是从短边底端到短边顶端的方向,小区3对应的卫星扫描方向是从长边左端到长边右端的方向。In another possible implementation, the beams in the NTN are arranged in a certain direction based on the order of the size of the beam identifiers, thereby forming the coverage of an NTN cell. As shown in FIG6C , a beam distribution pattern is shown, in which the beams in cell 1 are arranged along the bottom of the short side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each column arranges several beams on the short side and reaches the top, a new column is arranged from the bottom of the short side. The beams in cell 2 are arranged along the bottom of the short side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each column arranges several beams on the short side, a new column is arranged from the top of the short side, that is, the difference between the beam identifiers of two adjacent columns at the top of the short side is 1 (for example, identifier 4 and identifier 5), and the beam identifiers of three adjacent columns form a "Z" shape. The beams in cell 3 are arranged along the left end of the long side of a rectangular area in the order of the identifiers from small to large, and after each row arranges several beams on the long side and reaches the right end, a new row is arranged from the left end. Optionally, the aforementioned certain direction may be a satellite scanning direction, which may also be understood as the direction of satellite movement. In this case, the satellite scanning direction corresponding to cell 1 shown in FIG6C is from the bottom end of the short side to the top end of the short side, and the satellite scanning direction corresponding to cell 3 is from the left end of the long side to the right end of the long side.
对于地面准静止型或地面移动型的NTN小区来说,不同NTN小区中的部分波束可能分时覆盖地面的相同区域。其中,不同NTN小区中覆盖相同区域的部分波束的标识可以相同或不同。在部分波束的数量是多个的情况下,部分波束的标识不同还可以分为不完全相同和完全不相同。以前述部分波束为1个波束为例,图6B示意出小区2中的波束4与小区1中的波束0可以在不同时刻覆盖相同区域。以前述部分波束包括多个波束为例,图6C示意出小区1中的部分波束{0,1,5,6,10,11}与小区2中的部分波束{0,1,8,9,10,11}可以在不同时刻覆盖同一个子区域,而小区1中的{0,1,5,6,10,11}与小区2中{0,1,8,9,10,11}不完全相同。For ground quasi-stationary or ground mobile NTN cells, some beams in different NTN cells may cover the same area on the ground in different time periods. Among them, the identifiers of the partial beams covering the same area in different NTN cells may be the same or different. In the case where the number of partial beams is multiple, the different identifiers of the partial beams can also be divided into not completely the same and completely different. Taking the aforementioned partial beam as 1 beam as an example, Figure 6B illustrates that beam 4 in cell 2 and beam 0 in cell 1 can cover the same area at different times. Taking the aforementioned partial beam including multiple beams as an example, Figure 6C illustrates that partial beams {0,1,5,6,10,11} in cell 1 and partial beams {0,1,8,9,10,11} in cell 2 can cover the same sub-area at different times, while {0,1,5,6,10,11} in cell 1 and {0,1,8,9,10,11} in cell 2 are not completely the same.
(3)终端设备的状态(3) Status of terminal device
终端设备的状态分为RRC空闲态(RRC_IDLE)、RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)和RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)。The states of the terminal device are divided into RRC idle state (RRC_IDLE), RRC inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) and RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED).
其中,RRC空闲态也可以简称为空闲态,当终端设备处于RRC空闲态时,终端设备未保留无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),上下文(context)等信息。RRC上下文是终端设备与网络设备之间建立通信的参数。RRC上下文可以包括安全上下文、终端设备的能力信息等。同时,终端设备也未与核心网设备建立连接。通常来说,处于RRC空闲态的终端设备仅周期性地唤醒以接收寻呼消息。Among them, the RRC idle state can also be referred to as the idle state. When the terminal device is in the RRC idle state, the terminal device does not retain radio resource control (RRC), context and other information. The RRC context is a parameter for establishing communication between the terminal device and the network device. The RRC context may include security context, capability information of the terminal device, etc. At the same time, the terminal device does not establish a connection with the core network device. Generally speaking, a terminal device in the RRC idle state only wakes up periodically to receive paging messages.
RRC非激活态也可以简称为非激活态。当终端设备处于RRC非激活态时,终端设备和网络设备之间保留了RRC上下文。同时,终端设备也与核心网设备建立连接,即核心网设备处于核心网连接态(CN_CONNECTED)。此时,切换到连接态以进行数据接收的流程是相对快速的,且无须产生额外的核心网信令开销。此外,处于RRC非激活态的终端设备也同样会进入休眠状态。因此,RRC非激活态能够满足降低连接时延、减小信令开销和功耗的需求。The RRC inactive state can also be referred to as the inactive state. When the terminal device is in the RRC inactive state, the RRC context is retained between the terminal device and the network device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device, that is, the core network device is in the core network connected state (CN_CONNECTED). At this time, the process of switching to the connected state for data reception is relatively fast, and no additional core network signaling overhead is generated. In addition, the terminal device in the RRC inactive state will also enter the sleep state. Therefore, the RRC inactive state can meet the requirements of reducing connection delay, reducing signaling overhead and power consumption.
RRC连接态也可以简称为连接态。当终端设备处于RRC连接态时,终端设备已建立RRC上下文。终端设备与网络设备之间建立通信所需的参数已被通信双方所获取。网络设备为接入的终端设备分配小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)。同时,终端设备也与核心网设备建立连接。The RRC connection state can also be referred to as the connection state. When the terminal device is in the RRC connection state, the terminal device has established an RRC context. The parameters required to establish communication between the terminal device and the network device have been acquired by both parties. The network device allocates a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) to the connected terminal device. At the same time, the terminal device also establishes a connection with the core network device.
(4)波束测量(4) Beam measurement
终端设备对一个小区的若干个波束(例如SSB或CSI-RS)进行测量,可以获取波束级别的测量结 果,进而可以利用波束级别的测量结果推导得到该小区的小区级测量结果。例如,在图6A示意的小区中,终端设备测量得到波束0~波束7中各个beam的质量,并将这8个波束的质量进行平均得到一个结果,该结果可以作为该小区的小区级质量。The terminal device measures several beams (such as SSB or CSI-RS) of a cell and obtains beam-level measurement results. The beam-level measurement result can be used to derive the cell-level measurement result of the cell. For example, in the cell shown in FIG6A , the terminal device measures the quality of each beam in beams 0 to 7, and averages the quality of these eight beams to obtain a result, which can be used as the cell-level quality of the cell.
另外,终端设备也可以根据小区中波束的测量结果,确定信号质量最佳或者信号质量符合预设要求的波束,确定出的这类波束也可以简称为最佳波束,最佳波束的数量可以为一个或多个。最佳波束可以作为终端设备的服务波束,服务波束的数量也可以为一个或多个。终端设备的服务波束用于接收该小区发送的下行信息(如下行控制信息、下行数据)或信号等。可以理解的是,网络设备可以知道处于连接态的终端设备的最佳波束和/或服务波束,例如网络设备可以根据终端设备上报波束测量结果中的信号质量确定终端设备的最佳波束和/或服务波束。而处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备可以自行维护最佳波束和/或服务波束,网络设备不感知终端设备的最佳波束和/或服务波束。In addition, the terminal device can also determine the beam with the best signal quality or the beam with signal quality that meets the preset requirements based on the measurement results of the beams in the cell. The determined beams can also be referred to as the best beams, and the number of best beams can be one or more. The best beam can be used as the service beam of the terminal device, and the number of service beams can also be one or more. The service beam of the terminal device is used to receive downlink information (such as downlink control information, downlink data) or signals sent by the cell. It can be understood that the network device can know the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device in the connected state. For example, the network device can determine the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device based on the signal quality in the beam measurement results reported by the terminal device. A terminal device in an idle or inactive state can maintain the best beam and/or service beam by itself, and the network device does not perceive the best beam and/or service beam of the terminal device.
波束测量可以用于终端设备的移动性管理。移动性管理指的是终端设备的服务小区(serving cell)的信号质量衰退到一定程度时,终端设备可以通过切换、小区选择或重选改变终端设备的服务小区,即选择一个通信质量更好的邻区(neighbor cell)作为新的服务小区,以保证终端设备与网络之间的通信链路不会中断。可以理解的是,对于处于连接态的终端设备,终端设备的服务小区是该终端设备接入的网络设备为终端设备提供服务的小区,终端设备的邻区指的是该终端设备当前没有建立链接的小区。终端设备可以通过切换改变终端设备的服务小区。对于处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备,终端设备的服务小区可以理解为终端设备当前驻留的小区,可以是终端设备基于小区选择的初始驻留的小区,或者是终端设备基于小区重选后的驻留的小区;终端设备的邻区指的是该终端设备当前未驻留的小区。此外可选的,前述邻区也可以被称为非服务小区。Beam measurement can be used for mobility management of terminal devices. Mobility management means that when the signal quality of the serving cell of the terminal device declines to a certain extent, the terminal device can change the serving cell of the terminal device through switching, cell selection or reselection, that is, select a neighbor cell with better communication quality as a new serving cell to ensure that the communication link between the terminal device and the network will not be interrupted. It can be understood that for a terminal device in a connected state, the serving cell of the terminal device is the cell that the network device connected to the terminal device provides services for the terminal device, and the neighbor cell of the terminal device refers to the cell to which the terminal device currently has no link. The terminal device can change the serving cell of the terminal device through switching. For a terminal device in an idle or inactive state, the serving cell of the terminal device can be understood as the cell where the terminal device currently resides, which can be the cell where the terminal device initially resides based on cell selection, or the cell where the terminal device resides after cell reselection; the neighbor cell of the terminal device refers to the cell where the terminal device is not currently residing. In addition, optionally, the aforementioned neighbor cell can also be referred to as a non-serving cell.
在移动性管理中,终端设备需要实施无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量,即监测该终端设备的服务小区和/或邻区的通信质量。例如,终端设备可以基于服务小区的波束的测量结果监测服务小区的通信质量,终端设备可以基于邻区的波束的测量结果监测邻区的通信质量。可选的,终端设备可以根据服务小区和/或邻区的通信质量,决定是否进行切换、小区选择或重选。In mobility management, the terminal device needs to implement radio resource management (RRM) measurement, that is, monitor the communication quality of the serving cell and/or neighboring cell of the terminal device. For example, the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the serving cell based on the measurement results of the beam of the serving cell, and the terminal device can monitor the communication quality of the neighboring cell based on the measurement results of the beam of the neighboring cell. Optionally, the terminal device can decide whether to switch, select a cell or reselect a cell based on the communication quality of the serving cell and/or the neighboring cell.
根据邻区的频点和服务小区的频点之间的关系,前述对邻区的波束测量,可以分为同频测量(intra-frequency measurement),异频测量(inter-frequency measurement)。此外,根据邻区和服务小区所属网络设备的制式,对邻区的波束测量还可以分为:系统内测量(intra-RAT measurement)和异系统测量(inter-RAT measurement)。一种系统内测量的举例如下:服务小区和邻区均是5G基站下的小区;此外通常情况下,前述同频测量和异频测量属于系统内测量(intra-RAT measurement)。一种异系统测量的举例如下:服务小区可以是5G基站下的小区,邻区可以是如2G、3G、4G(如LTE)基站下的小区。本申请实施例如下提供的方法可以应用于同频测量、异频测量、系统内测量或者异系统测量的场景。According to the relationship between the frequency of the neighboring cell and the frequency of the serving cell, the aforementioned beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be divided into intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency measurement. In addition, according to the standard of the network equipment to which the neighboring cell and the serving cell belong, the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can also be divided into: intra-RAT measurement and inter-RAT measurement. An example of an intra-system measurement is as follows: the serving cell and the neighboring cell are both cells under a 5G base station; in addition, under normal circumstances, the aforementioned intra-frequency measurement and inter-frequency measurement belong to intra-RAT measurement. An example of an inter-system measurement is as follows: the serving cell can be a cell under a 5G base station, and the neighboring cell can be a cell under a 2G, 3G, or 4G (such as LTE) base station. The method provided in the following embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenarios of intra-frequency measurement, inter-frequency measurement, intra-system measurement, or inter-system measurement.
根据频点的参考信号类型,对邻区的波束测量又可分为基于SSB的测量和基于CSI-RS的测量。其中,连接态的终端设备对邻区的波束测量可以是基于SSB的,也可以是基于CSI-RS的;而空闲态/非激活态的终端设备对邻区的波束测量是基于SSB的。因此,结合上述参考信号类型的分类方式,对邻区的波束测量可进一步具体分为:基于SSB的同频测量、基于SSB的异频测量、基于CSI-RS的同频测量、基于CSI-RS的异频测量,以及异系统测量等。According to the reference signal type of the frequency point, the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be divided into SSB-based measurement and CSI-RS-based measurement. Among them, the beam measurement of the neighboring cell by the terminal device in the connected state can be based on SSB or CSI-RS; while the beam measurement of the neighboring cell by the terminal device in the idle state/inactive state is based on SSB. Therefore, combined with the classification method of the above reference signal types, the beam measurement of the neighboring cell can be further divided into: SSB-based co-frequency measurement, SSB-based hetero-frequency measurement, CSI-RS-based co-frequency measurement, CSI-RS-based hetero-frequency measurement, and hetero-system measurement.
其中,基于SSB的同频测量和异频测量可参照如下内容理解:如果某测量频点的SSB的中心频率与服务小区的SSB的中心频率相同,并且某测量频点的SSB的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)与服务小区的SSB的SCS也相同,则该频点上的邻区的波束测量均为同频测量;如果某测量频点的SSB与服务小区的SSB这两者的中心频率和/或SCS不同,则该频点上的邻区的波束测量均为异频测量。Among them, the same-frequency measurement and different-frequency measurement based on SSB can be understood as follows: if the center frequency of the SSB of a certain measurement frequency point is the same as the center frequency of the SSB of the serving cell, and the subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the SSB of a certain measurement frequency point is also the same as the SCS of the SSB of the serving cell, then the beam measurement of the neighboring cell at this frequency point is all the same-frequency measurement; if the center frequencies and/or SCS of the SSB of a certain measurement frequency point and the SSB of the serving cell are different, then the beam measurement of the neighboring cell at this frequency point is all the different-frequency measurement.
基于CSI-RS的同频测量和异频测量可参照如下内容理解:如果某测量频点的CSI-RS的中心频率与服务小区的CSI-RS的中心频率相同,并且某测量频点的CSI-RS与服务小区的CSI-RS这两者的SCS和循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)类型也相同,则该频点上邻区的波束测量为同频测量;否则,前述两者的中心频率、SCS以及CP类型中至少一项不同时,则该频点上的邻区的波束测量为异频测量。The co-frequency measurement and inter-frequency measurement based on CSI-RS can be understood as follows: if the center frequency of the CSI-RS at a certain measurement frequency point is the same as the center frequency of the CSI-RS of the serving cell, and the SCS and cyclic prefix (CP) type of the CSI-RS at a certain measurement frequency point and the CSI-RS of the serving cell are also the same, then the beam measurement of the neighboring cell at this frequency point is co-frequency measurement; otherwise, if at least one of the center frequencies, SCS and CP types of the aforementioned two are different, then the beam measurement of the neighboring cell at this frequency point is inter-frequency measurement.
在波束测量中,网络设备可以向终端设备发送测量配置,该测量配置中可以包括测量对象(measurement object),如某频点上的参考信号(SSB/CSI-RS),以及频点对应的测量时间窗配置;测量上报配置(reporting configuration),如测量结果的上报规则和/或上报格式;测量标识(measurement identities),用于网络设备区分测量对象;测量间隔(measurement gap),如在测量间隔内,终端设备不进行信息收发,仅对测量对象执行测量;测量量配置(quantity configuration),例如包括测量滤波配置。 In beam measurement, the network device can send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, which may include a measurement object, such as a reference signal (SSB/CSI-RS) at a certain frequency point, and a measurement time window configuration corresponding to the frequency point; a measurement reporting configuration, such as a reporting rule and/or reporting format of the measurement result; measurement identities, which are used by the network device to distinguish the measurement object; a measurement gap, such as within the measurement gap, the terminal device does not send or receive information, but only performs measurement on the measurement object; and a measurement quantity configuration, for example, including a measurement filter configuration.
示例性地,针对参考信号为SSB的情况,测量时间窗配置可以是指SSB的测量时间配置(SSB measurement timing configuration,SMTC)。SMTC是周期性的测量时间窗,网络设备可以配置每一个测量时间窗的长度以及相邻两个测量时间窗之间的间隔,该一个测量时间窗也可以称为STMC时间窗或者SMTC时机(occasion)。终端设备在一个或多个SMTC时间窗内对相应的频点进行测量,而在一个或多个SMTC时间窗外无需对该频点进行测量。可选的,每一个SMTC时间窗用于特定波束标识的波束测量,即终端设备在一个SMTC时间窗内仅测量该STMC时间窗对应的波束。如图6D示意,SMTC时间窗1用于测量SSB对应的波束0-7,SMTC时间窗2用于测量SSB对应的波束8-15,……,SMTC时间窗x用于测量SSB对应的波束k1-k8。其中,图6D以SSB#0表示SSB对应的标识为0的波束,以SSB#8表示SSB对应的标识为8的波束,以此类推,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。Exemplarily, for the case where the reference signal is SSB, the measurement time window configuration may refer to the measurement time configuration (SSB measurement timing configuration, SMTC) of SSB. SMTC is a periodic measurement time window. The network device may configure the length of each measurement time window and the interval between two adjacent measurement time windows. The measurement time window may also be referred to as an STMC time window or an SMTC occasion. The terminal device measures the corresponding frequency point within one or more SMTC time windows, and does not need to measure the frequency point outside one or more SMTC time windows. Optionally, each SMTC time window is used for beam measurement of a specific beam identifier, that is, the terminal device only measures the beam corresponding to the STMC time window within an SMTC time window. As shown in Figure 6D, SMTC time window 1 is used to measure beams 0-7 corresponding to SSB, SMTC time window 2 is used to measure beams 8-15 corresponding to SSB, ..., SMTC time window x is used to measure beams k1-k8 corresponding to SSB. Among them, Figure 6D uses SSB#0 to represent the beam marked as 0 corresponding to the SSB, and uses SSB#8 to represent the beam marked as 8 corresponding to the SSB, and so on. This embodiment of the present application will not be elaborated on this.
目前在地面网络系统中,一个小区内SSB对应波束的最大数量与SSB的频率和SCS,以及小区的制式等相关。例如在频率范围1(frequency range 1,FR1)内,一个小区中SSB对应的波束的最大数量可以为8个。又如,在频率范围2(frequency range 2,FR2)内,一个小区中SSB对应的波束的最大数量可以为64个。终端设备通常基于对邻区的所有波束进行测量的测量结果,决定是否进行小区切换、小区选择或者重选。而在NTN系统中,一个NTN小区中波束的数量是基于卫星的覆盖面积要求以及卫星的波束能力所确定的。例如,一个NTN小区的覆盖面积通常需要达到几十万平方公里,但一个波束的直径大小有限(如波束的直径50~60km),于是一个NTN小区中需要部署的波束的数量远超于一个地面小区中波束的数量,例如,NTN小区中波束的数量可能为128、256或512个等。At present, in the ground network system, the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell is related to the frequency and SCS of SSB, as well as the standard of the cell. For example, in frequency range 1 (FR1), the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell can be 8. For another example, in frequency range 2 (FR2), the maximum number of beams corresponding to SSB in a cell can be 64. The terminal equipment usually decides whether to perform cell switching, cell selection or reselection based on the measurement results of all beams in the neighboring cells. In the NTN system, the number of beams in an NTN cell is determined based on the coverage area requirements of the satellite and the beam capability of the satellite. For example, the coverage area of an NTN cell usually needs to reach hundreds of thousands of square kilometers, but the diameter of a beam is limited (such as a beam diameter of 50 to 60 km), so the number of beams that need to be deployed in an NTN cell far exceeds the number of beams in a ground cell. For example, the number of beams in an NTN cell may be 128, 256 or 512.
对于NTN小区中波束的数量较多的场景,波束的发送周期将大幅度增加。以SSB为例,假设一个NTN小区中SSB对应的波束的数量为256个,按照每20ms发送8个SSB的模式,总共需要32个20ms才能发送完256个SSB,即SSB的发送周期将达到32*20=640ms。在这种情况下,如果沿用地面网络系统中对邻区中所有波束进行测量的波束测量方式,终端设备需要测量更多的波束,终端设备对NTN小区的波束测量和维护开销也将相应地增大。这样的方式,一方面增大了终端设备的测量功耗,另一方面也增大了终端设备确认最佳波束/服务波束的时延,导致终端设备完成切换或者小区选择/重选的效率较低,甚至影响后续终端设备的数据收发、驻留或接入等操作,导致用户的体验较差。For scenarios with a large number of beams in an NTN cell, the transmission period of the beam will increase significantly. Taking SSB as an example, assuming that the number of beams corresponding to SSB in an NTN cell is 256, and 8 SSBs are sent every 20ms, a total of 32 20ms are required to send all 256 SSBs, that is, the transmission period of SSB will reach 32*20=640ms. In this case, if the beam measurement method of measuring all beams in the neighboring cell in the ground network system is used, the terminal device needs to measure more beams, and the beam measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device for the NTN cell will also increase accordingly. This method, on the one hand, increases the measurement power consumption of the terminal device, and on the other hand, increases the delay of the terminal device to confirm the best beam/service beam, resulting in low efficiency of the terminal device to complete switching or cell selection/reselection, and even affects the subsequent data transmission, reception, residence or access operations of the terminal device, resulting in poor user experience.
基于上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种NTN中邻区的波束测量方案,结合终端设备当前服务小区中的波束缩小邻区的波束测量范围,能够降低终端设备测量和维护开销,以减少终端设备的测量功耗。Based on the above problems, an embodiment of the present application provides a beam measurement solution for neighboring cells in NTN, which reduces the beam measurement range of neighboring cells in combination with the beam in the current service cell of the terminal device, thereby reducing the measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device and reducing the measurement power consumption of the terminal device.
例如,按照NTN小区中波束的标识与波束覆盖之间的对应关系,可以设计如下计算式:[(beam index+M)mod N±K]mod N,用于确定邻区中波束测量的范围。其中,beam index指示终端设备的服务小区中的一个波束的标识,也可以简称为BI。M指示邻区波束相对于BI指示的波束的波束标识偏移量,M的取值为整数,如负整数、0或正整数;K可以用于确定邻区中待测量波束的数量,K为整数,如负整数、0或正整数;N为邻区中包括的波束的总数量,或者也可以替换描述为:N为邻区中的波束数量,N为正整数。mod表示取模运算符,引入mod可以保证计算得到的波束标识在邻区中N个波束标识的范围内,如(beam index+M)的取值不大于N,当然在实现时也可以通过限制M的取值范围,保证(beam index+M)的取值不大于N,即(beam index+M)mod N也可以被替换描述为(beam index+M),本申请实施例对此不予限制。此外,(beam index+M)也可以被替换为(beam index-M),本申请实施例中如下以(beam index+M)为例进行描述。For example, according to the correspondence between the identification of the beam in the NTN cell and the beam coverage, the following calculation formula can be designed: [(beam index+M)mod N±K]mod N, which is used to determine the range of beam measurement in the neighboring cell. Among them, beam index indicates the identification of a beam in the service cell of the terminal device, which can also be referred to as BI. M indicates the beam identification offset of the neighboring cell beam relative to the beam indicated by BI, and the value of M is an integer, such as a negative integer, 0 or a positive integer; K can be used to determine the number of beams to be measured in the neighboring cell, and K is an integer, such as a negative integer, 0 or a positive integer; N is the total number of beams included in the neighboring cell, or it can also be replaced by: N is the number of beams in the neighboring cell, and N is a positive integer. mod represents the modulo operator. The introduction of mod can ensure that the calculated beam identifier is within the range of N beam identifiers in the neighboring area, such as the value of (beam index + M) is not greater than N. Of course, in implementation, the value range of M can also be limited to ensure that the value of (beam index + M) is not greater than N, that is, (beam index + M) mod N can also be replaced and described as (beam index + M), which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, (beam index + M) can also be replaced by (beam index - M). In the embodiment of the present application, (beam index + M) is used as an example for description.
将M、K、N的一组取值代入计算式,可以确定一组待测量的波束,该一组待测量的波束的标识连续。将M、K、N的多组取值分别代入计算式,可以确定多组待测量的波束,该多组待测量的波束中包括标识连续的部分波束以及标识不连续的部分波束。Substituting a set of values of M, K, and N into the calculation formula, a set of beams to be measured can be determined, and the identifiers of the set of beams to be measured are continuous. Substituting multiple sets of values of M, K, and N into the calculation formula respectively, multiple sets of beams to be measured can be determined, and the multiple sets of beams to be measured include some beams with continuous identifiers and some beams with discontinuous identifiers.
示例性地,将beam index,以及M、N、K的一组取值带入计算式,可以直接得到一组待测量波束中起始波束和末尾波束的标识,该组待测量波束中包括的波束的总数量为2*K+1,进而可以推导出该组待测量波束中的所有波束。例如,将beam index为0,M、N、K的一组取值{0,2,128},代入[(beam index+M)mod N±K]mod N,得到一组待测量波束中起始波束的标识为[(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N=126,末尾波束的标识为[(beam index+M)+K]mod N=2,波束数量为2*K+1=5,即该一组待测量波束中波束的标识包括{126,127,0,1,2}。For example, by substituting beam index and a set of values of M, N, and K into the calculation formula, the identification of the starting beam and the ending beam in a set of beams to be measured can be directly obtained. The total number of beams included in the set of beams to be measured is 2*K+1, and then all beams in the set of beams to be measured can be derived. For example, by substituting beam index as 0 and a set of values of M, N, and K as {0,2,128} into [(beam index+M)mod N±K]mod N, the identification of the starting beam in the set of beams to be measured is obtained as [(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N=126, the identification of the ending beam is obtained as [(beam index+M)+K]mod N=2, and the number of beams is 2*K+1=5, that is, the identification of the beams in the set of beams to be measured includes {126,127,0,1,2}.
可选的,K之前的运算符“±”可以扩展为“-”、“+”以及“±”三种可能。 Optionally, the operator "±" before K can be expanded to three possibilities: "-", "+" and "±".
其中,对于K之前的运算符为“-”情况,将beam index,以及M、N、K的一组取值带入计算式[(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N,可以直接得到一组待测量波束中起始波束的标识。该一组待测量波束中波束的数量为K+1,该一组待测量波束中波束的标识连续,该一组待测量波束中末尾波束的标识为(beam index+M)mod N。例如beam index为0,M、N、K的一组取值{0,2,128}时,对应一组待测量波束中起始波束的标识为[(beam index+M)-K]mod N=126,末尾波束的标识为(beam index+M)mod N=0,波束数量为K+1=3,即该一组待测量的波束的标识包括{126,127,0}。Wherein, when the operator before K is "-", beam index and a set of values of M, N, and K are substituted into the calculation formula [(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N, the identification of the starting beam in a set of beams to be measured can be directly obtained. The number of beams in the set of beams to be measured is K+1, the identification of the beams in the set of beams to be measured is continuous, and the identification of the last beam in the set of beams to be measured is (beam index+M)mod N. For example, when beam index is 0 and a set of values of M, N, and K is {0,2,128}, the identification of the starting beam in the set of beams to be measured is [(beam index+M)-K]mod N=126, the identification of the last beam is (beam index+M)mod N=0, and the number of beams is K+1=3, that is, the identification of the set of beams to be measured includes {126,127,0}.
对于K之前的运算符为“+”的情况,将beam index,M、N、K的一组取值带入计算式[(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N,可以直接得到一组待测量波束中末尾波束的标识,该一组待测量波束中波束的数量为K+1,该一组待测量波束中波束的标识连续,该一组待测量波束中起始波束的标识为(beam index+M)mod N。例如beam index为0,M、N、K的一组取值{0,2,128}时,对应一组待测量波束中起始波束的标识为(beam index+M)mod N=0,末尾波束的标识为[(beam index+M)+K]mod N=2,波束数量为K+1=3,即该一组待测量波束中波束的标识包括{0,1,2}。For the case where the operator before K is "+", a set of values of beam index, M, N, and K are substituted into the calculation formula [(beam index+M)mod N-K]mod N, and the identification of the last beam in a set of beams to be measured can be directly obtained. The number of beams in the set of beams to be measured is K+1, the identification of beams in the set of beams to be measured is continuous, and the identification of the starting beam in the set of beams to be measured is (beam index+M)mod N. For example, when beam index is 0 and a set of values of M, N, and K is {0,2,128}, the identification of the starting beam in the set of beams to be measured is (beam index+M)mod N=0, the identification of the last beam is [(beam index+M)+K]mod N=2, and the number of beams is K+1=3, that is, the identification of beams in the set of beams to be measured includes {0,1,2}.
在一种可能的设计中,M、K、N是小区粒度的信息,即上述计算式中M、K、N的取值与邻区有关。一个邻区对应的M、K、N包括一组或多组取值,不同的邻区对应的M、K、N的取值可以相同或者不同。以邻区包括小区2和小区3为例,小区2对应的M/K/N的多组取值包括0/2/128和5/4/128,小区3对应M/K/N的一组取值为1/2/256。In a possible design, M, K, and N are information about the cell granularity, that is, the values of M, K, and N in the above calculation formula are related to the neighboring cells. M, K, and N corresponding to a neighboring cell include one or more groups of values, and the values of M, K, and N corresponding to different neighboring cells can be the same or different. Taking the neighboring cells including cell 2 and cell 3 as an example, the multiple groups of values of M/K/N corresponding to cell 2 include 0/2/128 and 5/4/128, and the group of values of M/K/N corresponding to cell 3 is 1/2/256.
在另一种可能的设计中,M、K、N是小区结合波束粒度的信息,即上述计算式中M、K、N的一组或多组取值与邻区以及beam index之间具有关联关系。在一个邻区对应的M、K、N的多组取值中,服务小区中各个波束关联M、K、N的多组取值中的至少一组取值。服务小区中不同波束关联同一邻区对应的M、K、N的取值可以相同或者不同。例如,以服务小区为小区1,邻区包括小区2和小区3为例,小区1中的波束0关联小区2对应的M、K、N的一组取值为0/2/128,以及小区1中的波束0关联小区3对应的M、K、N的一组取值为1/2/1256;小区1中的波束1关联小区2对应的M、K、N的一组取值为1/4/128,以及小区1中的波束1关联小区3对应的M、K、N的一组取值为0/2/1256。又如,小区1中的波束0关联小区2对应的M、K、N的多组取值包括0/2/128和5/4/128。In another possible design, M, K, and N are information about the cell-combined beam granularity, that is, one or more sets of values of M, K, and N in the above calculation formula are associated with neighboring cells and beam index. Among the multiple sets of values of M, K, and N corresponding to a neighboring cell, at least one set of values of the multiple sets of values of M, K, and N associated with each beam in the serving cell. The values of M, K, and N corresponding to different beams in the serving cell associated with the same neighboring cell may be the same or different. For example, taking the serving cell as cell 1 and the neighboring cells including cells 2 and 3 as an example, a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 is 0/2/128, and a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 3 is 1/2/1256; a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 1 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 is 1/4/128, and a set of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 1 in cell 1 associated with cell 3 is 0/2/1256. For another example, multiple sets of values of M, K, and N corresponding to beam 0 in cell 1 associated with cell 2 include 0/2/128 and 5/4/128.
下面对上述计算式的应用场景进行举例说明。The following is an example of an application scenario of the above calculation formula.
场景一:网络设备可以基于上述计算式指示终端设备测量邻区中的部分波束。例如,网络设备可以针对期望终端设备测量的部分波束向终端设备指示M、K、N的一组或多组取值。终端设备将M、K、N的一组或多组取值即可确定出邻区中的波束测量范围。Scenario 1: The network device can instruct the terminal device to measure some beams in the neighboring area based on the above calculation formula. For example, the network device can instruct the terminal device to take one or more sets of values of M, K, and N for some beams that the terminal device is expected to measure. The terminal device can determine the beam measurement range in the neighboring area by taking one or more sets of values of M, K, and N.
示例性地,如果网络设备期望终端设备测量的部分波束的标识是连续的,那么网络设备指示M、K、N的一组取值。如果网络设备期望终端设备测量的部分波束的标识不是连续的,那么网络设备指示M、K、N的多组取值。Exemplarily, if the network device expects the identifiers of some beams measured by the terminal device to be continuous, the network device indicates a set of values of M, K, and N. If the network device expects the identifiers of some beams measured by the terminal device to be non-continuous, the network device indicates multiple sets of values of M, K, and N.
场景二:采用预先定义或者由网络设备指示的方式为终端设备配置邻区的波束分布模式信息,该波束分布模式信息可以指示如下中的一个或多个:邻区中至少一个波束的覆盖范围、邻区中波束的总数量、邻区的覆盖范围、邻区中波束的排列信息(例如顺时针、逆时针、卫星扫描等排列方向)。终端设备可以根据该波束分布模式信息确定M、K、N的一组或多组取值,也即终端设备可以自行决定邻区的波束测量范围。Scenario 2: The beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring cell is configured for the terminal device in a predefined manner or indicated by the network device. The beam distribution pattern information may indicate one or more of the following: the coverage of at least one beam in the neighboring cell, the total number of beams in the neighboring cell, the coverage of the neighboring cell, and the arrangement information of the beams in the neighboring cell (e.g., clockwise, counterclockwise, satellite scanning, etc.). The terminal device may determine one or more sets of values of M, K, and N based on the beam distribution pattern information, that is, the terminal device may determine the beam measurement range of the neighboring cell by itself.
示例性地,如果终端设备希望测量邻区中标识连续的部分波束,那么终端设备可以确定M、K、N的一组取值;或者,如果终端设备希望测量邻区中标识不连续的部分波束,那么终端设备可以确定M、K、N的多组取值。Exemplarily, if the terminal device wishes to measure a portion of beams with continuous identifiers in a neighboring area, the terminal device can determine a set of values for M, K, and N; or, if the terminal device wishes to measure a portion of beams with discontinuous identifiers in a neighboring area, the terminal device can determine multiple sets of values for M, K, and N.
此外,终端设备也可以根据邻区中至少一个波束的覆盖范围,确定M、K、N的具体取值。In addition, the terminal device can also determine the specific values of M, K, and N based on the coverage range of at least one beam in the neighboring area.
场景三,可以将场景一和场景二结合到一起使用,如终端设备可以得到网络设备指示的M、K、N的一组或多组取值,并根据邻区的波束分布模式信息额外确定M、K、N的一组或多组取值。Scenario three, Scenario one and Scenario two can be used together, such as the terminal device can obtain one or more groups of values of M, K, and N indicated by the network device, and additionally determine one or more groups of values of M, K, and N based on the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
场景四:对于M、K、N的任意一组取值而言,网络设备可以确定期望终端设备测量的部分波束,并向终端设备配置M、K、N中部分信息的取值,终端设备根据邻区的波束分布模式信息,可以确定M、K、N中未被网络设备所指示的剩余信息的取值。Scenario 4: For any set of values of M, K, and N, the network device can determine the partial beams that the terminal device is expected to measure, and configure the values of part of the information in M, K, and N to the terminal device. The terminal device can determine the values of the remaining information in M, K, and N that is not indicated by the network device based on the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
可选的,终端设备还可以在得到网络设备指示的M、K、N中部分信息的一组或多组取值后,根据邻区的波束分布模式信息额外确定M、K、N中部分信息的一组或多组取值。Optionally, after obtaining one or more groups of values of partial information in M, K, and N indicated by the network device, the terminal device may additionally determine one or more groups of values of partial information in M, K, and N according to the beam distribution pattern information of the neighboring area.
基于上述计算式的设计,可以缩小终端设备对邻区的波束测量范围,降低波束测量开销,并同时减 少网络设备指示波束测量范围的信令开销。Based on the design of the above calculation formula, the beam measurement range of the terminal device to the neighboring area can be shortened, the beam measurement overhead can be reduced, and Reduce the signaling overhead for network devices to indicate the beam measurement range.
为便于实施,下面以终端设备测量第一邻区中的部分波束为例进行详细说明。可以理解的是,终端设备的邻区的数量可能为一个或多个,当终端设备的邻区的数量为多个时,多个邻区中任意一个邻区的波束信息均可以参照第一邻区的波束信息进行理解,本申请实施例中如下以第一邻区为例进行描述。For ease of implementation, the following is a detailed description using the example of a terminal device measuring a portion of the beams in the first neighboring area. It is understandable that the number of neighboring areas of the terminal device may be one or more. When the number of neighboring areas of the terminal device is multiple, the beam information of any one of the multiple neighboring areas can be understood with reference to the beam information of the first neighboring area. The first neighboring area is used as an example for description in the embodiments of the present application.
如图7示意一种测量方法,方法主要包括如下流程。FIG7 shows a measurement method, which mainly includes the following process.
S701,终端设备获得第一邻区的波束信息。S701, the terminal device obtains beam information of the first neighboring cell.
其中,第一邻区的波束信息用于确定第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合,该第一候选波束集合中包括第一邻区中待测量的波束,第一候选波束集合中的波束的总数量小于第一邻区中波束的总数量。可选的,第一邻区的波束信息也可以描述为第一邻区的波束覆盖信息。对应于前述计算式的设计,可以理解的是:第一邻区的波束信息可以包括如下中的一种或多种:波束标识偏移量信息(M)、第一候选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息(K)、第一邻区中的波束数量(N)。其中,第一候选波束集合中的波束数量指的是第一候选波束集合中包括的波束的总数量,第一邻区中的波束数量指的是第一邻区中包括的波束的总数量。Among them, the beam information of the first neighboring area is used to determine the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring area, and the first candidate beam set includes the beams to be measured in the first neighboring area, and the total number of beams in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams in the first neighboring area. Optionally, the beam information of the first neighboring area can also be described as the beam coverage information of the first neighboring area. Corresponding to the design of the aforementioned calculation formula, it can be understood that: the beam information of the first neighboring area may include one or more of the following: beam identification offset information (M), indication information of the number of beams in the first candidate beam set (K), and the number of beams in the first neighboring area (N). Among them, the number of beams in the first candidate beam set refers to the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set, and the number of beams in the first neighboring area refers to the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area.
在一种可选的实现方式中,终端设备可以接收来自服务小区的第一邻区的波束信息。例如,网络设备通过服务小区向终端设备发送第一邻区的波束信息。In an optional implementation, the terminal device may receive beam information of the first neighboring cell from the serving cell. For example, the network device sends the beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device through the serving cell.
对处于连接态的终端设备而言,网络设备可以通过专用信令(例如RRC信令)向终端设备发送第一邻区的波束信息。例如当第一邻区的波束信息是小区粒度的信息时,网络设备发送的第一邻区的波束信息可以包括第一邻区对应的一组或多组波束信息。又如,当第一邻区的波束信息是小区结合波束粒度的信息时,网络设备发送的第一邻区的波束信息可以包括与终端设备的服务小区中至少一个波束关联的一组或多组波束信息。其中,至少一个波束可以仅包括终端设备的最佳波束或服务波束;或者,至少一个波束包括服务小区中的所有波束。For a terminal device in a connected state, the network device can send beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device through dedicated signaling (such as RRC signaling). For example, when the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell granularity, the beam information of the first neighboring cell sent by the network device may include one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell. For another example, when the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell-combined beam granularity, the beam information of the first neighboring cell sent by the network device may include one or more groups of beam information associated with at least one beam in the service cell of the terminal device. Among them, at least one beam may include only the best beam or service beam of the terminal device; or, at least one beam includes all beams in the service cell.
对处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备而言,网络设备可以通过广播信令向终端设备发送第一邻区的波束信息。例如,当第一邻区的波束信息是小区粒度的信息时,网络设备可以在服务小区中的各个波束对应的方向上发送同一广播信令,该同一广播信令中包括第一邻区对应的一组或多组波束信息。又如,当第一邻区的波束信息是小区结合波束粒度的信息时,网络设备可以在服务小区中一个波束对应的方向上发送该波束关联的第一邻区所对应的一组或多组波束信息,不同波束对应的方向上传输的波束信息相同或者不相同。For a terminal device in an idle or inactive state, the network device can send the beam information of the first neighboring cell to the terminal device via broadcast signaling. For example, when the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell granularity, the network device can send the same broadcast signaling in the direction corresponding to each beam in the service cell, and the same broadcast signaling includes one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell. For another example, when the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell-combined beam granularity, the network device can send one or more groups of beam information corresponding to the first neighboring cell associated with a beam in the direction corresponding to the beam in the service cell, and the beam information transmitted in the directions corresponding to different beams may be the same or different.
可选的,网络设备可以按照运营商部署的小区中的波束分布模式,确定第一邻区的波束信息。Optionally, the network device may determine the beam information of the first neighboring cell according to the beam distribution pattern in the cell deployed by the operator.
或者可选的,网络设备可以根据至少一个终端设备历史上报的多个小区的波束测量结果,确定多个小区中波束覆盖范围之间的对应关系。然后网络设备根据个小区中波束覆盖范围之间的对应关系,确定第一邻区的波束信息。其中,至少一个终端设备可以为准静止型的UE,准静止型的UE符合如下中的一项或多项:在一定时间段内的活动范围的大小不大于设定的区域大小阈值;移动速度不大于设定的速度阈值;一定时间段内移动的距离不大于设定的距离阈值。至少一个终端设备可以包括S701中描述的终端设备,或者不包括S701中描述的终端设备。多个小区可以包括S701描述的终端设备的服务小区和第一邻区。通过这种方式,可以减轻人工或运营部署规划的工作量,另外也便于及时更新波束信息,例如网络随时可以基于UE上报的波束测量结果确定多个小区之间最新的波束覆盖关系,以便向UE提供准确的波束信息。Or optionally, the network device may determine the correspondence between the beam coverage ranges in multiple cells based on the beam measurement results of multiple cells reported historically by at least one terminal device. Then the network device determines the beam information of the first neighboring cell based on the correspondence between the beam coverage ranges in the cells. Among them, at least one terminal device may be a quasi-stationary UE, and the quasi-stationary UE meets one or more of the following: the size of the activity range within a certain time period is not greater than the set area size threshold; the moving speed is not greater than the set speed threshold; the moving distance within a certain time period is not greater than the set distance threshold. At least one terminal device may include the terminal device described in S701, or may not include the terminal device described in S701. Multiple cells may include the service cell and the first neighboring cell of the terminal device described in S701. In this way, the workload of manual or operational deployment planning can be reduced, and it is also convenient to update the beam information in a timely manner. For example, the network can determine the latest beam coverage relationship between multiple cells at any time based on the beam measurement results reported by the UE, so as to provide accurate beam information to the UE.
如图8示意,以一个准静止型的UE一定时间段(如t1~t3)的活动范围在子区域1(sub-area 1)内为例,网络设备可以根据该UE在小区1,小区2,小区3内上报的波束测量结果,确定各个小区中用于覆盖子区域1的波束,进而得到各小区的波束覆盖范围之间对应关系。例如t1时刻,UE在小区1内上报的波束测量结果指示小区1中的波束0的信号质量最佳。t2时刻,UE在小区2内上报的波束测量结果指示小区2中的波束0的信号质量最佳,且小区2中的{波束6,波束7,波束1,波束2}的信号质量高于设定的信号质量阈值。t3时刻,UE在小区3内上报的波束测量结果指示小区3中的波束4的信号质量最佳,且小区3中的{波束2,波束3,波束5,波束6}的信号质量高于设定的信号质量阈值。当小区1为终端设备的服务小区,小区2和小区3为终端设备的邻区时,网络设备可确定小区1中波束0关联小区2待测量的波束包括{波束6,波束7,波束0,波束1,波束2},进而网络设备可以向终端设备配置小区1中波束0关联的小区2的波束信息,例如M/K/N为0/2/8。类似地,网络设备可确定小 区1中波束0关联小区3待测量的波束包括{波束2,波束3,波束4,波束5,波束6},进而网络设备可以向终端设备配置小区1中波束0关联的小区3的波束信息,例如M/K/N为4/2/8。As shown in FIG8 , taking the example of a quasi-stationary UE whose activity range is within sub-area 1 for a certain period of time (such as t1 to t3), the network device can determine the beam used to cover sub-area 1 in each cell according to the beam measurement results reported by the UE in cells 1, 2, and 3, and then obtain the corresponding relationship between the beam coverage ranges of each cell. For example, at time t1, the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 1 indicates that the signal quality of beam 0 in cell 1 is the best. At time t2, the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 2 indicates that the signal quality of beam 0 in cell 2 is the best, and the signal quality of {beam 6, beam 7, beam 1, beam 2} in cell 2 is higher than the set signal quality threshold. At time t3, the beam measurement result reported by the UE in cell 3 indicates that the signal quality of beam 4 in cell 3 is the best, and the signal quality of {beam 2, beam 3, beam 5, beam 6} in cell 3 is higher than the set signal quality threshold. When cell 1 is the serving cell of the terminal device, and cells 2 and 3 are the neighboring cells of the terminal device, the network device can determine that the beams to be measured in cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 include {beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}, and then the network device can configure the beam information of cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 to the terminal device, for example, M/K/N is 0/2/8. Similarly, the network device can determine that the beams to be measured in cell 2 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 include {beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}. The beams to be measured in cell 3 associated with beam 0 in area 1 include {beam 2, beam 3, beam 4, beam 5, beam 6}, and then the network device can configure the beam information of cell 3 associated with beam 0 in cell 1 to the terminal device, for example, M/K/N is 4/2/8.
在另一种可选的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息,确定第一邻区的波束信息。例如参照前述场景二中的描述实施,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。In another optional implementation, the terminal device may determine the beam information of the first neighboring cell according to the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring cell. For example, referring to the description in the aforementioned scenario 2, this embodiment of the present application will not be described in detail.
此外,终端设备可以结合前述两种实现方式,获得第一邻区的波束信息。如下以第一邻区的波束信息包括一组波束信息为例进行说明。In addition, the terminal device can combine the above two implementation methods to obtain the beam information of the first neighboring cell. The following is an example in which the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes a group of beam information.
在一种可能的结合方式中:对于一组波束信息中的波束标识偏移量信息(M)而言,M可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的;或者,在网络设备未指示M给终端设备时,终端设备可以认为M为0;或者,在网络设备未指示M给终端设备时,终端设备可以确定M为第一默认值,该第一默认值可以是预定义的或是网络设备与终端设备预先协商好的;或者,在网络设备未指示M给终端设备时,终端设备根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息,确定M的取值。对于一组波束信息中包括的波束数量的指示信息(K)而言,K可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的;或者,在网络设备未指示K给终端设备时,终端设备可以认为K为0;或者,在网络设备未指示K给终端设备时,终端设备可以确定K为第二默认值,该第二默认值可以是预定义的,或者是网络设备与终端设备预先协商好的;或者,在网络设备未指示K给终端设备时,终端设备根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息,确定K的取值;或者,在网络设备未指示K给终端设备时,终端设备也可以根据自身的波束测量和维护能力(例如支持测量和维护的波束数量)、通信质量等因素,确定K的取值。对于一组波束信息中包括的第一邻区中的波束数量(N)而言,N可以是网络设备指示给终端设备的;或者,在网络设备未指示N给终端设备时,终端设备可以认为第一邻区中的波束数量与服务小区中的波束数量相同,或终端设备可以确定第一邻区中的波束数量为预定义的默认值;或者,在网络设备未指示N给终端设备时,终端设备根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息,确定N的取值。In one possible combination: for the beam identification offset information (M) in a set of beam information, M may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider M to be 0; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device may determine that M is a first default value, which may be predefined or pre-negotiated between the network device and the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate M to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of M based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area. For the indication information (K) of the number of beams included in a set of beam information, K may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider K to be 0; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may determine K to be a second default value, which may be predefined or pre-negotiated between the network device and the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of K based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area; or, when the network device does not indicate K to the terminal device, the terminal device may also determine the value of K based on its own beam measurement and maintenance capabilities (for example, the number of beams supported for measurement and maintenance), communication quality and other factors. For the number of beams (N) in the first neighboring area included in a set of beam information, N may be indicated by the network device to the terminal device; or, when the network device does not indicate N to the terminal device, the terminal device may consider that the number of beams in the first neighboring area is the same as the number of beams in the service cell, or the terminal device may determine that the number of beams in the first neighboring area is a predefined default value; or, when the network device does not indicate N to the terminal device, the terminal device determines the value of N based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area.
在另一种可能的结合方式中,在第一波束的波束信息包括多组波束信息的情况下,网络设备可以指示多组波束信息中的部分组波束信息,终端设备根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息确定前述多组波束信息中网络设备未指示的至少一组波束信息。In another possible combination, when the beam information of the first beam includes multiple groups of beam information, the network device can indicate some groups of beam information among the multiple groups of beam information, and the terminal device determines at least one group of beam information not indicated by the network device among the aforementioned multiple groups of beam information based on the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area.
S702,终端设备根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合。S702, the terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
可选的,第一波束为终端设备在服务小区中的服务波束。可以理解,当终端设备的服务波束的数量为多个时,第一波束可以是终端设备的多个服务波束中的一个波束。或者,第一波束的信号质量大于或等于第一信号质量阈值,第一波束也可以被称为终端设备在服务小区中的最佳波束。可以理解,当终端设备的最佳波束的数量为多个时,第一波束可以是终端设备的多个最佳波束中的一个波束。Optionally, the first beam is a service beam of the terminal device in the service cell. It is understood that when the number of service beams of the terminal device is multiple, the first beam may be one of the multiple service beams of the terminal device. Alternatively, the signal quality of the first beam is greater than or equal to the first signal quality threshold, and the first beam may also be referred to as the best beam of the terminal device in the service cell. It is understood that when the number of best beams of the terminal device is multiple, the first beam may be one of the multiple best beams of the terminal device.
第一邻区的波束信息包括I组波束信息,第一候选波束集合为I组子候选波束集合的并集。终端设备可以根据该I组波束信息中第i组波束信息,确定I组子候选波束集合中的第i个子候选波束集合。其中,I为正整数,i取1至I的正整数,即1≤i≤I。可以理解的是,在I等于1的情况下,第一候选波束集合为1组子候选波束集合的并集,也可以替换描述为第一候选波束集合为该1组子候选波束集合;或者在I等于1的情况下,也可以认为不存在子候选波束集合的概念,第一邻区的波束信息包括1组波束信息,终端设备可以根据第一波束和该1组波束信息,确定第一候选波束集合。The beam information of the first neighboring cell includes I groups of beam information, and the first candidate beam set is the union of I groups of sub-candidate beam sets. The terminal device can determine the i-th sub-candidate beam set in the I groups of sub-candidate beam sets based on the i-th group of beam information in the I groups of beam information. Wherein, I is a positive integer, and i takes a positive integer from 1 to I, that is, 1≤i≤I. It can be understood that, when I is equal to 1, the first candidate beam set is the union of 1 group of sub-candidate beam sets, and it can also be replaced by describing that the first candidate beam set is the 1 group of sub-candidate beam sets; or when I is equal to 1, it can also be considered that the concept of sub-candidate beam sets does not exist, the beam information of the first neighboring cell includes 1 group of beam information, and the terminal device can determine the first candidate beam set based on the first beam and the 1 group of beam information.
对应于上述计算式的设计以及S701中的描述,可以理解的是:I组波束信息为小区粒度的信息,I组波束信息与第一邻区之间具有关联关系,即I组波束信息包含于第一邻区的波束信息;或者,I组波束信息为小区结合波束粒度的信息,I组波束信息与第一邻区以及第一波束之间具有关联关系,即I组波束信息是第一邻区的波束信息中与第一波束具有关联关系的波束信息。终端设备可以接收来自服务小区的第一信息,第一信息指示I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息;终端设备还可以根据第一邻区的波束分布模式信息(例如第一邻区中至少一个波束的覆盖范围),确定I组波束信息中的至少一组波束信息。Corresponding to the design of the above calculation formula and the description in S701, it can be understood that: the I group of beam information is information of cell granularity, and there is an association relationship between the I group of beam information and the first neighboring area, that is, the I group of beam information is included in the beam information of the first neighboring area; or, the I group of beam information is information of cell combined beam granularity, and there is an association relationship between the I group of beam information and the first neighboring area and the first beam, that is, the I group of beam information is the beam information in the beam information of the first neighboring area that has an association relationship with the first beam. The terminal device can receive first information from the serving cell, and the first information indicates at least one group of beam information in the I group of beam information; the terminal device can also determine at least one group of beam information in the I group of beam information according to the beam distribution pattern information of the first neighboring area (for example, the coverage range of at least one beam in the first neighboring area).
上述I组波束信息中的第i组波束信息可以包括如下中的一个或多个:第i个子候选波束集合相对于第一波束的波束标识偏移量(例如记作Mi)、第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息(例如记作Ki)、第一邻区中的波束数量(例如记作Ni)。Ki与第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量之间的关系满足Ki+1或2Ki+1;此外可选的,第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量的指示信息也可以为第i个子选波束集合中的波束数量。本申请对此不予限制。下面对第i个子候选波束集合中的波束标识进行举例说明。 The i-th group of beam information in the above-mentioned I groups of beam information may include one or more of the following: the beam identification offset of the i-th sub-candidate beam set relative to the first beam (for example, denoted as Mi ), the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set (for example, denoted as Ki ), and the number of beams in the first neighboring area (for example, denoted as Ni ). The relationship between Ki and the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set satisfies Ki +1 or 2Ki +1; in addition, optionally, the indication information of the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set may also be the number of beams in the i-th sub-selected beam set. This application is not limited to this. The following is an example of the beam identification in the i-th sub-candidate beam set.
示例1,第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni,第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni。第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为Ki+1,第i个子候选波束集合中的所有波束的标识连续。如图8示意,小区1为服务小区,小区2为第一邻区。假设第一波束为终端设备的服务波束,第一波束是小区1中的波束0,I=1,终端设备获得1组波束信息为M1=0,K1=2,N1=8。1个子候选波束集合也即第一候选波束集合中起始波束为第一邻区中的波束0,末尾波束为第一邻区中的波束2,第一候选波束集合中的波束数量为K+1=3,则第一候选波束集合为{波束0,波束1,波束2}。Example 1: The identifier of the starting beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the i-th sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i . The number of beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set is K i +1, and the identifiers of all beams in the i-th sub-candidate beam set are continuous. As shown in FIG8 , cell 1 is the serving cell, and cell 2 is the first neighboring cell. Assume that the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device, the first beam is beam 0 in cell 1, I=1, and the terminal device obtains a set of beam information of M 1 =0, K 1 =2, and N 1 =8. The starting beam in a sub-candidate beam set, that is, the first candidate beam set, is beam 0 in the first neighboring cell, and the ending beam is beam 2 in the first neighboring cell. The number of beams in the first candidate beam set is K+1=3, and the first candidate beam set is {beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}.
示例2,第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为(BI+Mi)mod Ni。第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为Ki+1,第i个子候选波束集合中的所有波束的标识连续。如图6C示意,小区1为服务小区,小区2为第一邻区。假设第一波束为终端设备服务波束,第一波束是小区1(服务小区)中的波束6,I=2,终端设备获得2组波束信息。第1组波束信息为M1=2,K1=2,N1=128,第1个子候选波束集合中起始波束为第一邻区中的波束6,末尾波束为第一邻区中的波束8,第1个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为K1+1=3,则第1个子候选波束集合为{波束6,波束7,波束8}。第2组波束信息为M2=5,K2=3,N2=128,第2个子候选波束集合中起始波束为第一邻区中的波束8,末尾波束为第一邻区中的波束11,第2个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为K1+1=4,则第2个子候选波束集合为{波束8,波束9,波束10,波束11}。第一候选波束集合为第1个子候选波束集合与第2个子候选波束集合的并集,第一候选波束集合为{波束6,波束7,波束8,波束9,波束10,波束11}。Example 2, the identifier of the starting beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the last beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is (BI+M i )mod N i . The number of beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set is K i +1, and the identifiers of all beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set are continuous. As shown in Figure 6C, cell 1 is the service cell, and cell 2 is the first neighboring cell. Assume that the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device, the first beam is beam 6 in cell 1 (service cell), I=2, and the terminal device obtains 2 sets of beam information. The first group of beam information is M 1 =2, K 1 =2, N 1 =128, the starting beam in the first sub-candidate beam set is beam 6 in the first neighboring area, the ending beam is beam 8 in the first neighboring area, the number of beams in the first sub-candidate beam set is K 1 +1=3, then the first sub-candidate beam set is {beam 6, beam 7, beam 8}. The second group of beam information is M 2 =5, K 2 =3, N 2 =128, the starting beam in the second sub-candidate beam set is beam 8 in the first neighboring area, the ending beam is beam 11 in the first neighboring area, the number of beams in the second sub-candidate beam set is K 1 +1=4, then the second sub-candidate beam set is {beam 8, beam 9, beam 10, beam 11}. The first candidate beam set is a union of the first sub-candidate beam set and the second sub-candidate beam set, and the first candidate beam set is {beam 6, beam 7, beam 8, beam 9, beam 10, beam 11}.
示例3,第i个子候选波束集合的起始波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni-Ki]mod Ni,第i个子候选波束集合的末尾波束的标识为[(BI+Mi)mod Ni+Ki]mod Ni。述第i个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为2*Ki+1,第i个子候选波束集合中的所有波束的标识连续。如图6C示意,小区1为服务小区,小区2为第一邻区。假设第一波束为终端设备服务波束,第一波束是小区1(服务小区)中的波束6,I=2,终端设备获得2组波束信息。第1组波束信息为M1=2,K1=1,N1=128,第1个子候选波束集合中起始波束为第一邻区中的波束7,末尾波束为第一邻区中的波束9,第1个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为2*K1+1=3,则第1个子候选波束集合为{波束7,波束8,波束9}。第2组波束信息为M2=-5,K2=1,N2=128,第2个子候选波束集合中起始波束为第一邻区中的波束0,末尾波束为第一邻区中的波束2,第2个子候选波束集合中的波束数量为2*K1+1=3,则第2个子候选波束集合为{波束0,波束1,波束2}。第一候选波束集合为第1个子候选波束集合与第2个子候选波束集合的并集,第一候选波束集合为{波束0,波束1,波束2,波束7,波束8,波束9}。Example 3, the identifier of the starting beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i -K i ]mod N i , and the identifier of the ending beam of the ith sub-candidate beam set is [(BI+M i )mod N i +K i ]mod N i . The number of beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set is 2*K i +1, and the identifiers of all beams in the ith sub-candidate beam set are continuous. As shown in Figure 6C, cell 1 is the service cell, and cell 2 is the first neighboring cell. Assume that the first beam is the service beam of the terminal device, the first beam is beam 6 in cell 1 (service cell), I=2, and the terminal device obtains 2 sets of beam information. The first group of beam information is M 1 =2, K 1 =1, N 1 =128, the starting beam in the first sub-candidate beam set is beam 7 in the first neighboring area, the ending beam is beam 9 in the first neighboring area, the number of beams in the first sub-candidate beam set is 2*K 1 +1=3, then the first sub-candidate beam set is {beam 7, beam 8, beam 9}. The second group of beam information is M 2 =-5, K 2 =1, N 2 =128, the starting beam in the second sub-candidate beam set is beam 0 in the first neighboring area, the ending beam is beam 2 in the first neighboring area, the number of beams in the second sub-candidate beam set is 2*K 1 +1=3, then the second sub-candidate beam set is {beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}. The first candidate beam set is a union of the first sub-candidate beam set and the second sub-candidate beam set, and the first candidate beam set is {beam 0, beam 1, beam 2, beam 7, beam 8, beam 9}.
可选的,上述示例中描述的(BI+Mi)mod Ni还可以理解为第一邻区中的参考波束。当第一波束为终端设备在服务小区的服务波束或最佳波束时,该参考波束与第一波束可以分时覆盖地面的相同区域。例如,终端设备位于第一区域,第一波束的覆盖范围包括该第一区域。当终端设备通过切换或小区重选更换到第一邻区后,参考波束的覆盖范围包括该第一区域。参考波束也可以被理解为终端设备更换到第一邻区后的候选服务波束或候选最佳波束。在终端设备测量的第一候选波束集合中包含该参考波束,有助于终端设备快速确定出第一邻区中的服务波束或最佳波束,能够提升终端设备进行切换或小区重选的效率和准确性,进而提升通信性能,提升用户体验。Optionally, (BI+M i ) mod N i described in the above example can also be understood as a reference beam in the first neighboring area. When the first beam is the service beam or the best beam of the terminal device in the service cell, the reference beam and the first beam can cover the same area of the ground in time-sharing. For example, the terminal device is located in the first area, and the coverage of the first beam includes the first area. When the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring area through switching or cell reselection, the coverage of the reference beam includes the first area. The reference beam can also be understood as a candidate service beam or a candidate best beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring area. Including the reference beam in the first candidate beam set measured by the terminal device helps the terminal device to quickly determine the service beam or the best beam in the first neighboring area, which can improve the efficiency and accuracy of the terminal device in switching or cell reselection, thereby improving communication performance and user experience.
S703,终端设备对第一候选波束集合中的波束进行测量。S703: The terminal device measures the beams in the first candidate beam set.
可选的,终端设备可以在第一候选波束集合中的一个波束关联的测量时间窗内,对一个波束测量;其中,第一候选波束集合中不同波束关联的测量时间窗相同或不同。如图6D示意,终端设备可以在SMTC时间窗内测量对应的SSB波束。可以理解的是,由于第一候选波束集合中包括波束的总数量小于第一邻区中包括波束的总数量,测量第一候选波束集合相较于测量第一邻区中所有波束,可以减少SMTC时间窗的数量或者减少SMTC时间窗内测量波束的数量,进而节省终端设备执行测量的时间,减少终端设备的测量开销和功耗。Optionally, the terminal device can measure a beam within a measurement time window associated with a beam in the first candidate beam set; wherein the measurement time windows associated with different beams in the first candidate beam set are the same or different. As shown in Figure 6D, the terminal device can measure the corresponding SSB beam within the SMTC time window. It can be understood that since the total number of beams included in the first candidate beam set is less than the total number of beams included in the first neighboring area, measuring the first candidate beam set can reduce the number of SMTC time windows or reduce the number of measured beams within the SMTC time window compared to measuring all beams in the first neighboring area, thereby saving the time for the terminal device to perform measurements and reducing the measurement overhead and power consumption of the terminal device.
示例性地,假设终端设备确定的第一候选波束集合为{波束3,波束4,波束5},则终端设备可以仅在SMTC时间窗1中执行测量,如对SSB#3、SSB#4以及SSB#5进行测量。再例如,假设终端设备确定的第一候选波束集合为{波束6,波束7,波束8,波束9},则UE可以在SMTC时间窗1和SMTC时间窗2中执行测量,如对SSB#6、SSB#7以及SSB#8以及SSB#9执行测量。 Exemplarily, assuming that the first candidate beam set determined by the terminal device is {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5}, the terminal device can perform measurements only in SMTC time window 1, such as measuring SSB#3, SSB#4, and SSB#5. For another example, assuming that the first candidate beam set determined by the terminal device is {beam 6, beam 7, beam 8, beam 9}, the UE can perform measurements in SMTC time window 1 and SMTC time window 2, such as measuring SSB#6, SSB#7, SSB#8, and SSB#9.
可选的,对于连接态的终端设备而言,终端设备还可以执行如下步骤S704:Optionally, for a terminal device in a connected state, the terminal device may further perform the following step S704:
S704,终端设备向网络设备发送第一候选波束集合对应的波束测量结果。S704: The terminal device sends the beam measurement result corresponding to the first candidate beam set to the network device.
可选的,第一候选波束集合对应的波束测量结果可以包括第一候选波束集合中全部或者部分波束的测量结果。例如,终端可以仅发送第一候选波束集合中质量高于一定阈值的波束的测量结果。Optionally, the beam measurement result corresponding to the first candidate beam set may include measurement results of all or part of the beams in the first candidate beam set. For example, the terminal may only send measurement results of beams in the first candidate beam set whose quality is higher than a certain threshold.
可以理解,S704作为可选的步骤,在图7中以虚线示意。It can be understood that S704 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
可选的,网络设备可以根据至少一个邻区的第一候选波束集合对应的波束测量结果,对服务小区中波束的覆盖范围和至少一个邻区中波束的覆盖范围之间的对应关系进行更新,进而更新第一邻区的波束信息。Optionally, the network device may update the correspondence between the coverage of the beam in the service cell and the coverage of the beam in at least one neighboring cell based on the beam measurement results corresponding to the first candidate beam set of at least one neighboring cell, thereby updating the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
可选的,终端设备还可以执行如下步骤S705:Optionally, the terminal device may further perform the following step S705:
S705,终端设备在第一候选波束集合中确定目标波束。S705: The terminal device determines a target beam in the first candidate beam set.
可选的,终端设备可以根据第一候选波束集合中各个波束的测量结果,确定目标波束。其中,目标波束为终端设备更换至第一邻区后的服务波束;或者,目标波束的信号质量大于或等于第二信号质量阈值,目标波束也可以被称为第一邻区中的最佳波束。其中,“更换”可以是指切换、小区选择或者小区重选。可选的,目标波束的数量可以为一个或多个。第二信号质量阈值与前述第一信号质量阈值可以相同或不相同,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the target beam based on the measurement results of each beam in the first candidate beam set. The target beam is the service beam after the terminal device is switched to the first neighboring cell; alternatively, the signal quality of the target beam is greater than or equal to the second signal quality threshold, and the target beam may also be referred to as the best beam in the first neighboring cell. "Replacement" may refer to switching, cell selection, or cell reselection. Optionally, the number of target beams may be one or more. The second signal quality threshold may be the same as or different from the aforementioned first signal quality threshold, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在一种可能的实现中,上文描述的服务小区和邻区(如第一邻区)为地面准静止型的NTN小区,终端设备一定时间内持续处于第一区域,例如终端设备未活动或者活动的范围不大于前述第一区域。在第一波束为终端设备在服务小区中的服务波束/最佳波束的情况下,当终端设备更换到第一邻区后,第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合可以包括接替前述第一波束,覆盖第一区域的波束。In a possible implementation, the service cell and neighboring cell (such as the first neighboring cell) described above are terrestrial quasi-stationary NTN cells, and the terminal device is continuously in the first area for a certain period of time, for example, the terminal device is not active or the range of activity is not greater than the aforementioned first area. In the case where the first beam is the service beam/optimal beam of the terminal device in the service cell, when the terminal device is changed to the first neighboring cell, the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell may include a beam that replaces the aforementioned first beam and covers the first area.
如图8示意,假设终端设备一定时间(如包括t1~t3)内位于地理区域1(area 1)中的子区域1(sub-area1)。t1时刻,小区1覆盖地理区域1,终端设备的服务小区为小区1,邻区包括小区2和小区3。终端设备基于小区1中的服务波束/最佳波束,确定出小区2对应的第一候选波束集合为{波束6,波束7,波束0,波束1,波束2},小区3对应的第一候选波束集合为{波束3,波束4,波束5}。t2时刻,小区2覆盖地理区域1,终端设备重选到小区2时,优先从小区2对应的第一候选波束集合{波束6,波束7,波束0,波束1,波束2}中确定小区2中的服务波束或最佳波束。t3时刻,小区3覆盖地理区域1,UE重选到小区3时,优先从小区3对应的第一候选波束集合{波束3,波束4,波束5}中确定小区3中的服务波束或最佳波束。As shown in FIG8 , it is assumed that the terminal device is located in sub-area 1 in geographic area 1 for a certain period of time (such as including t1 to t3). At time t1, cell 1 covers geographic area 1, the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1, and the neighboring cells include cells 2 and 3. Based on the service beam/best beam in cell 1, the terminal device determines that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is {beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}, and the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 3 is {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5}. At time t2, cell 2 covers geographic area 1. When the terminal device reselects to cell 2, it preferentially determines the service beam or best beam in cell 2 from the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 {beam 6, beam 7, beam 0, beam 1, beam 2}. At time t3, cell 3 covers geographic area 1. When the UE reselects cell 3, it preferentially determines the service beam or the best beam in cell 3 from the first candidate beam set {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5} corresponding to cell 3.
此外,在终端设备的邻区数量为多个的情况,例如上述示例中,相对于终端设备的服务小区为小区1,邻区可以包括小区2和小区3,终端设备可以基于服务小区中的第一波束,确定多个邻区中各个邻区(如小区2、小区3)对应的第一候选波束集合。可以理解的是,当终端设备从小区1更换到小区2后,小区2成为终端设备的新的服务小区,小区3仍然为终端设备的邻区。此情况下,终端设备可以按照其在小区1时确定的小区3的第一候选波束集合进行测量;或者,终端设备也可以集合小区2中的波束重新确定小区3的第一候选波束集合,进而对重新确定的小区3的第一候选波束集合中的波束进行测量。本申请实施例对此不予限制。In addition, in the case where the number of neighboring cells of the terminal device is multiple, such as in the above example, relative to the service cell of the terminal device being cell 1, the neighboring cells may include cell 2 and cell 3, and the terminal device may determine the first candidate beam set corresponding to each neighboring cell (such as cell 2, cell 3) in the multiple neighboring cells based on the first beam in the service cell. It is understandable that when the terminal device is changed from cell 1 to cell 2, cell 2 becomes the new service cell of the terminal device, and cell 3 is still the neighboring cell of the terminal device. In this case, the terminal device may perform measurements according to the first candidate beam set of cell 3 determined when it is in cell 1; alternatively, the terminal device may also gather the beams in cell 2 to redetermine the first candidate beam set of cell 3, and then measure the beams in the redetermined first candidate beam set of cell 3. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在另一种可能的实现中,上文描述的服务小区和邻区(如第一邻区)为地面移动型的NTN小区,终端设备一定时间内持续处于第一区域,例如终端设备未活动或者活动的范围不大于前述第一区域。在第一波束为终端设备在服务小区中的服务波束/最佳波束的情况下,当终端设备更换到第一邻区后,第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合可以包括接替前述第一波束,首次覆盖第一区域的波束。In another possible implementation, the service cell and neighboring cell (such as the first neighboring cell) described above are ground mobile NTN cells, and the terminal device is continuously in the first area for a certain period of time, for example, the terminal device is not active or the range of activity is not greater than the aforementioned first area. In the case where the first beam is the service beam/optimal beam of the terminal device in the service cell, when the terminal device is changed to the first neighboring cell, the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell may include a beam that replaces the aforementioned first beam and covers the first area for the first time.
如图9示意,假设终端设备一定时间(如包括t1~t3)内位于地理区域1(area 1)中的子区域1(sub-area1)。t1时刻,小区1覆盖地理区域1,终端设备的服务小区为小区1,邻区包括小区2、小区3、小区4。以小区1中的第一波束(如服务波束或最佳波束)是波束0为例,终端设备可以确定出小区2对应的第一候选波束集合为{波束7,波束0,波束1},小区3和小区4对应的第一候选波束集合均为{波束3,波束4,波束5}。As shown in Figure 9, it is assumed that the terminal device is located in sub-area 1 in geographic area 1 for a certain period of time (such as including t1 to t3). At time t1, cell 1 covers geographic area 1, the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1, and the neighboring cells include cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4. Taking the first beam (such as the service beam or the best beam) in cell 1 as beam 0 as an example, the terminal device can determine that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is {beam 7, beam 0, beam 1}, and the first candidate beam sets corresponding to cells 3 and 4 are both {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5}.
由于小区1的覆盖在地面上滑动,即使UE一直位于子区域1内,终端设备在小区1中的服务波束或最佳波束也会逐步从波束0更换为波束5,再更换为波束3。Since the coverage of cell 1 slides on the ground, even if the UE is always located in sub-area 1, the service beam or the best beam of the terminal device in cell 1 will gradually change from beam 0 to beam 5 and then to beam 3.
当小区2的覆盖滑动到地理区域1的范围内,如果UE确定重选到小区2,则UE可以优先从小区2对应的第一候选波束集合{波束7,波束0,波束1}中确定小区2中首次使用的服务波束或最佳波束。与上述小区1内的情况相同,随着小区2覆盖的滑动,后续终端设备在小区2中的服务波束或最佳波束 将可能发生变化。When the coverage of cell 2 slides to the range of geographic area 1, if the UE determines to reselect to cell 2, the UE can preferentially determine the service beam or the best beam used for the first time in cell 2 from the first candidate beam set {beam 7, beam 0, beam 1} corresponding to cell 2. Similar to the situation in cell 1 above, as the coverage of cell 2 slides, the service beam or the best beam of the subsequent terminal device in cell 2 Will likely change.
类似地,当小区3或小区4的覆盖滑动到地理区域1的范围内,如果UE确定重选到小区3或小区4,则UE可以优先从小区3或小区4对应的第一候选波束集合{波束3,波束4,波束5}中确定小区3或小区4中首次使用的服务波束或最佳波束。与上述小区1内的情况相同,随着小区3或小区4覆盖的滑动,后续终端设备在小区3或小区4中的服务波束或最佳波束将可能发生变化。Similarly, when the coverage of cell 3 or cell 4 slides to within the range of geographic area 1, if the UE determines to reselect to cell 3 or cell 4, the UE may preferentially determine the service beam or the best beam used for the first time in cell 3 or cell 4 from the first candidate beam set {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5} corresponding to cell 3 or cell 4. Similar to the situation in cell 1 above, as the coverage of cell 3 or cell 4 slides, the service beam or the best beam of the subsequent terminal device in cell 3 or cell 4 may change.
本申请实施例提供的上述方法,结合服务小区和第一邻区的波束信息,能够精确地确定出第一邻区中待测量的波束,避免终端设备对不相关的波束进行测量,减少终端设备的波束测量和维护开销,降低终端设备的测量功耗;并且终端设备基于第一候选波束集合,可以更加准确和快速地确定出第一邻区中的服务波束或最佳波束,有助于终端设备更快地完成切换或小区选择/重选,以进行后续的数据传输、驻留或接入等操作。这样的设计能够降低切换或小区选择/重选带来的中断,从而能够提升用户体验和性能。The above method provided in the embodiment of the present application, combined with the beam information of the serving cell and the first neighboring cell, can accurately determine the beam to be measured in the first neighboring cell, avoid the terminal device from measuring irrelevant beams, reduce the beam measurement and maintenance overhead of the terminal device, and reduce the measurement power consumption of the terminal device; and the terminal device can more accurately and quickly determine the serving beam or the best beam in the first neighboring cell based on the first candidate beam set, which helps the terminal device to complete the switching or cell selection/reselection faster to perform subsequent data transmission, residence or access operations. Such a design can reduce the interruption caused by switching or cell selection/reselection, thereby improving user experience and performance.
考虑到地面移动型的NTN小区的覆盖范围在地面上滑动,即使终端设备保持不动,终端设备在服务小区中的服务波束或最佳波束也可能在一定时间内发生更换。基于此,本申请实施例还提供一种测量方法,可以应用于服务小区和/或邻区为NTN小区的场景,参见图10示意,该方法主要包括如下流程。Considering that the coverage of a ground mobile NTN cell slides on the ground, even if the terminal device remains stationary, the service beam or the best beam of the terminal device in the service cell may change within a certain period of time. Based on this, an embodiment of the present application also provides a measurement method, which can be applied to the scenario where the service cell and/or the neighboring cell is an NTN cell, as shown in FIG10 , and the method mainly includes the following process.
S1001,终端设备获得第一邻区的波束信息。S1001, the terminal device obtains beam information of the first neighboring cell.
该步骤可参照S701中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。This step can be understood with reference to the description in S701, and will not be elaborated in this embodiment of the present application.
S1002,终端设备根据服务小区的第一波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合。S1002, the terminal device determines a first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the first beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
可选的,第一波束为终端设备的服务波束或最佳波束。该步骤可参照S702中的描述理解,本申请实施例对此不进行赘述。Optionally, the first beam is a serving beam or an optimal beam of the terminal device. This step can be understood with reference to the description in S702, and this embodiment of the present application will not be described in detail.
如图9示意,终端设备的服务小区为小区1,终端设备的邻区包括小区2、小区3、小区4。以第一波束是小区1中的波束0为例,终端设备可以确定出小区2对应的第一候选波束集合为{波束7,波束0,波束1},小区3和小区4对应的第一候选波束集合均为{波束3,波束4,波束5}。假设小区1的覆盖在地面上滑动,使得终端设备的服务波束或最佳波束从波束0更换为波束5,再更换为波束3。As shown in Figure 9, the service cell of the terminal device is cell 1, and the neighboring cells of the terminal device include cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4. Taking the first beam as beam 0 in cell 1 as an example, the terminal device can determine that the first candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is {beam 7, beam 0, beam 1}, and the first candidate beam sets corresponding to cells 3 and 4 are {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5}. Assume that the coverage of cell 1 slides on the ground, so that the service beam or the best beam of the terminal device is changed from beam 0 to beam 5, and then to beam 3.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备可以根据更换后的服务波束或最佳波束,对邻区(例如小区2、小区3以及小区4)对应的第一候选波束集合进行更新,得到邻区对应的第二候选波束集合。终端设备在执行完S1002后,进一步执行步骤S1003和S1004,可选的,终端设备还可以在执行完S1004后执行S1005。这样的设计,匹配于服务小区中的服务波束或最佳波束的更新,及时更新邻区中待测量的波束集合,能够保障波束测量的准确性。In one possible design, the terminal device may update the first candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells (e.g., cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4) according to the replaced service beam or the best beam, and obtain the second candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells. After executing S1002, the terminal device further executes steps S1003 and S1004. Optionally, the terminal device may also execute S1005 after executing S1004. Such a design matches the update of the service beam or the best beam in the serving cell, and timely updates the beam set to be measured in the neighboring cell, which can ensure the accuracy of the beam measurement.
在另一种可能的设计中,如果终端设备保持不动或者在第一区域内活动,例如将小区1的覆盖范围记作区域1,终端设备一直位于区域1中的子区域1。那么终端设备可以无需更新邻区(小区2、小区3、小区4)对应的第一候选波束集合。终端设备在执行完S1002之后,进一步执行步骤S1006,可选的,终端设备还可以在执行完S1006后执行S1007。这样的设计,可以减少终端设备不必要的波束集合确定操作和测量开销。In another possible design, if the terminal device remains stationary or moves in the first area, for example, the coverage of cell 1 is recorded as area 1, and the terminal device is always located in sub-area 1 in area 1. Then the terminal device may not need to update the first candidate beam set corresponding to the neighboring cells (cell 2, cell 3, cell 4). After executing S1002, the terminal device further executes step S1006. Optionally, the terminal device may also execute S1007 after executing S1006. Such a design can reduce unnecessary beam set determination operations and measurement overheads of the terminal device.
S1003,终端设备根据服务小区的第二波束和第一邻区的波束信息,确定第一邻区对应的第二候选波束集合。S1003, the terminal device determines a second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell based on the second beam of the serving cell and the beam information of the first neighboring cell.
其中,第二波束指的是服务小区中更换后的服务波束或最佳波束。当第一邻区的波束信息为小区粒度的信息时,S1003和S1001中描述的第一邻区的波束信息可以相同。当第一邻区的波束信息为小区结合波束粒度的信息时,S1001中描述的第一邻区的波束信息指的是第一波束关联的第一邻区的波束信息;S1002中描述的第一邻区的波束信息指的是第二波束关联的第一邻区的波束信息。Among them, the second beam refers to the replaced service beam or the best beam in the service cell. When the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell granularity, the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1003 and S1001 can be the same. When the beam information of the first neighboring cell is information of cell combined beam granularity, the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1001 refers to the beam information of the first neighboring cell associated with the first beam; the beam information of the first neighboring cell described in S1002 refers to the beam information of the first neighboring cell associated with the second beam.
示例性的,以第二波束是小区1中的波束5为例,终端设备可以确定出小区2对应的第二候选波束集合为{波束2,波束5,波束6},小区3和小区4对应的第二候选波束集合均为{波束1,波束2,波束6}。Exemplarily, taking the case where the second beam is beam 5 in cell 1, the terminal device can determine that the second candidate beam set corresponding to cell 2 is {beam 2, beam 5, beam 6}, and the second candidate beam sets corresponding to cell 3 and cell 4 are both {beam 1, beam 2, beam 6}.
S1004,终端设备对第一邻区对应的第二候选波束集合中的波束进行测量。S1004: The terminal device measures the beam in the second candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
S1005,终端设备在第二候选波束集合中确定目标波束。S1005: The terminal device determines a target beam in the second candidate beam set.
例如对应于S1003中的描述,终端设备可以在小区2中的{波束2,波束5,波束6}确定终端设备更换到小区2后的服务波束或最佳波束。终端设备可以在小区3或小区4中的{波束1,波束2,波束 6}确定终端设备更换到小区3或小区4后的服务波束或最佳波束。For example, corresponding to the description in S1003, the terminal device can determine the serving beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 from {beam 2, beam 5, beam 6} in cell 2. The terminal device can determine the serving beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 from {beam 1, beam 2, beam 6} in cell 3 or cell 4. 6} Determine the service beam or optimal beam after the terminal device changes to cell 3 or cell 4.
S1006,终端设备对第一邻区对应的第一候选波束集合中的波束进行测量。S1006: The terminal device measures the beam in the first candidate beam set corresponding to the first neighboring cell.
S1007,终端设备在第一候选波束集合中确定目标波束。S1007: The terminal device determines a target beam in the first candidate beam set.
例如对应于S1002中的描述,终端设备可以在小区2中的{波束7,波束0,波束1}确定终端设备更换到小区2后的服务波束或最佳波束。终端设备可以在小区3或小区4中的波束3,波束4,波束5}确定终端设备更换到小区3或小区4后的服务波束或最佳波束。For example, corresponding to the description in S1002, the terminal device can determine the service beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 2 at {beam 7, beam 0, beam 1} in cell 2. The terminal device can determine the service beam or the best beam after the terminal device is switched to cell 3 or cell 4 at {beam 3, beam 4, beam 5} in cell 3 or cell 4.
此外,本申请还提供一种NTN小区的接入方法。例如,该接入方法可以应用于上述实施例中前述终端设备接入服务小区的场景,或者也可以应用于其他终端设备接入NTN的场景。In addition, the present application also provides a method for accessing an NTN cell. For example, the access method can be applied to the scenario in which the aforementioned terminal device accesses a serving cell in the above embodiment, or can also be applied to the scenario in which other terminal devices access an NTN.
为便于理解,首先对该接入方法中涉及的系统信息(system information,SI)进行详细介绍。SI是网络设备发送的消息,该消息中包含终端设备初始化所需的信息以及一些实现其他功能或特性的相关信息。SI分为最小系统信息(minimum SI,MSI)和其他系统信息(other SI,OSI)。For ease of understanding, the system information (SI) involved in the access method is first introduced in detail. SI is a message sent by a network device, which contains the information required for the initialization of the terminal device and some related information for implementing other functions or features. SI is divided into minimum system information (MSI) and other system information (OSI).
其中,MSI由主信息块(master information block,MIB)和系统信息块1(system information block1,SIB1)组成。SIB1也可以被称为剩余最小系统信息(remaining minimum SI,RMSI)。终端设备会周期性地在广播信道(broadcast channel,BCH)上广播MIB。终端设备会周期性地在下行链路共享信道(downlink shared channel,DL-SCH)上广播SIB1,或者通过专用信令的方式将SIB1发送给处于连接态的终端设备。Among them, MSI consists of master information block (MIB) and system information block 1 (SIB1). SIB1 can also be called remaining minimum system information (RMSI). The terminal device will periodically broadcast MIB on the broadcast channel (BCH). The terminal device will periodically broadcast SIB1 on the downlink shared channel (DL-SCH), or send SIB1 to the terminal device in the connected state through dedicated signaling.
OSI由其他的SIB组成,例如,SIB2~SIB21等。网络设备会周期性地在DL-SCH上广播其他SIB;或者网络设备会按需(on-demand)地在DL-SCH上广播其他SIB,例如,当处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备请求了某个其他SIB,网络才广播该其他SIB,否则不发送该其他SIB;或者网络设备会通过专用信令将其他SIB发送给处于连接态的终端设备。OSI is composed of other SIBs, such as SIB2 to SIB21, etc. The network device will broadcast other SIBs on DL-SCH periodically; or the network device will broadcast other SIBs on DL-SCH on demand, for example, when a terminal device in an idle or inactive state requests a certain other SIB, the network will broadcast the other SIB, otherwise the other SIB will not be sent; or the network device will send other SIBs to the terminal device in the connected state through dedicated signaling.
此外,网络设备会在SIB1中发送系统信息的调度信息,该调度信息用于终端设备确定除SIB1之外的其他SIB的发送时间,即终端设备在接收到SIB1后,即可根据系统信息的调度信息去获取其他SIB。具体机制如下:一个或多个其他SIB可以组成一条系统信息消息(SI message),包含在一条SI message内的其他SIB的发送周期相同,均为该一条SI message的发送周期。不同SI message的发送周期可以相同或不同。一般地,处于空闲态或非激活态的终端设备获取系统信息的基本流程是:终端设备首先获取MIB,根据MIB内的调度信息获取SIB1,再根据SIB1内的调度信息获取其他SIB。In addition, the network device will send the scheduling information of the system information in SIB1. The scheduling information is used by the terminal device to determine the sending time of other SIBs except SIB1, that is, after receiving SIB1, the terminal device can obtain other SIBs according to the scheduling information of the system information. The specific mechanism is as follows: one or more other SIBs can form a system information message (SI message), and the sending periods of other SIBs contained in an SI message are the same, which is the sending period of the SI message. The sending periods of different SI messages can be the same or different. In general, the basic process for a terminal device in an idle or inactive state to obtain system information is: the terminal device first obtains the MIB, obtains SIB1 according to the scheduling information in the MIB, and then obtains other SIBs according to the scheduling information in SIB1.
如图11示意一种NTN小区的接入方法,该方法主要包括如下步骤。FIG11 illustrates a method for accessing an NTN cell. The method mainly includes the following steps.
S1101,网络设备发送第一NTN小区的SSB和MIB。S1101, the network device sends the SSB and MIB of the first NTN cell.
相应地,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一NTN小区的SSB和MIB。其中,该第一NTN小区也可以理解为终端设备待接入的服务小区。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the SSB and MIB of the first NTN cell sent by the network device, wherein the first NTN cell can also be understood as a service cell to be accessed by the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备可以先按照上述实施例中的测量方法,基于STMC时间窗测量SSB对应的波束,确定该第一NTN小区中的服务波束或最佳波束;进而,终端设备通过该第一NTN小区中的服务波束或最佳波束接收MIB。Optionally, the terminal device may first measure the beam corresponding to the SSB based on the STMC time window according to the measurement method in the above embodiment to determine the service beam or the best beam in the first NTN cell; then, the terminal device receives the MIB through the service beam or the best beam in the first NTN cell.
S1102,网络设备发送第一NTN小区的SIB1。S1102, the network device sends SIB1 of the first NTN cell.
相应地,终端设备可以根据MIB包含的调度信息接收SIB1。其中,该SIB1中可以包括该第一NTN小区的本区信息。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的SIB1指的是包括待接入第一NTN小区的本区信息的消息的名称,SIB1也可以替换描述为其他名称,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Accordingly, the terminal device can receive SIB1 according to the scheduling information included in the MIB. The SIB1 may include the local area information of the first NTN cell. It can be understood that SIB1 in the embodiment of the present application refers to the name of the message including the local area information of the first NTN cell to be accessed, and SIB1 can also be replaced with other names, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
该第一NTN小区的本区信息用于终端设备接入第一NTN小区,也可以被称为终端设备接入该第一NTN小区的接入配置信息。该第一NTN小区的本区信息或称接入配置信息可以包括如下中的一个或多个:The local area information of the first NTN cell is used for the terminal device to access the first NTN cell, and can also be called the access configuration information for the terminal device to access the first NTN cell. The local area information of the first NTN cell or the access configuration information may include one or more of the following:
(1)本区的纪元时间信息(epochTime);(1) The epoch time information of this zone (epochTime);
(2)本区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息(ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration);(2) Validity duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of this area (ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration);
(3)本区的小区调度信息,例如包括小区特定的调度偏移量(cellSpecificKoffset),该小区特定的调度偏移量是用于网络设备侧上行和下行帧定时不对齐场景下的调度偏移量(kmac);(3) cell scheduling information of the area, for example, including a cell-specific scheduling offset (cellSpecificKoffset), which is a scheduling offset (kmac) used in a scenario where uplink and downlink frame timings are not aligned on the network device side;
(4)本区的定时提前信息,例如包括如下中的一个或多个:通用定时提前量(ta-Common),通用定时提前量的漂移率(ta-CommonDrift),通用定时提前量的漂移率的波动(ta-CommonDriftVariant), 定时提前报告控制指示(ta-Report);(4) Timing advance information of the zone, for example, including one or more of the following: common timing advance (ta-Common), drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDrift), fluctuation of drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDriftVariant), Timing advance report control instruction (ta-Report);
(5)本区的卫星极化信息,例如下行极化信息(ntn-PolarizationDL),上行极化信息(ntn-PolarizationUL)。(5) Satellite polarization information in this area, such as downlink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationDL) and uplink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationUL).
(6)本区的卫星星历信息(ephemerisInfo),例如卫星的位置和速度信息,或者卫星的轨道参数信息等。(6) Satellite ephemeris information (ephemerisInfo) of this area, such as the satellite's position and velocity information, or the satellite's orbital parameter information, etc.
可以理解上述(1)~(6)中的本区指的是终端设备待接入的第一NTN小区,也即S1102中描述的第一NTN小区。It can be understood that the local area in the above (1) to (6) refers to the first NTN cell to be accessed by the terminal device, that is, the first NTN cell described in S1102.
可选的,网络设备可重复发送SIB1。例如图12所示,以SCS为30kHz,一个系统帧(system frame,SFN)包含20个时隙(slot),每一个时隙的时长为0.5ms为例,示意出:网络设备在系统帧号为0的帧SFN#0的第1~4个时隙上发送8个SSB,即SSB0~SSB7。网络设备在SFN#0的第17~20个时隙内,在SSB0~SSB3所对应方向上分别发送SIB1;网络设备在SFN#1的第1~4个时隙内,在SSB4~SSB7所对应方向上分别发送SIB1;以及网络设备在第5~12个时隙内,在SSB0~SSB7所对应方向上分别重复发送SIB1。通过这样的设计,可以提升SIB1的覆盖性能。一方面保证终端设备正常地接收SIB1,进而保证终端设备后续在小区内正常进行其他操作,例如寻呼监听、接入等。另一方面,通信链路的质量提升之后,SIB1的RRC消息将具有更大的余量,可放入更多信息,本申请实施例对此不予限制。Optionally, the network device can repeatedly send SIB1. For example, as shown in Figure 12, taking the SCS as 30kHz, a system frame (SFN) containing 20 time slots, and the duration of each time slot being 0.5ms as an example, it is illustrated that: the network device sends 8 SSBs, namely SSB0 to SSB7, in the 1st to 4th time slots of the frame SFN#0 with the system frame number being 0. The network device sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB3 in the 17th to 20th time slots of SFN#0; the network device sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB4 to SSB7 in the 1st to 4th time slots of SFN#1; and the network device repeatedly sends SIB1 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB7 in the 5th to 12th time slots. Through such a design, the coverage performance of SIB1 can be improved. On the one hand, it ensures that the terminal device receives SIB1 normally, and then ensures that the terminal device performs other operations normally in the cell, such as paging monitoring, access, etc. On the other hand, after the quality of the communication link is improved, the RRC message of SIB1 will have a larger margin and can contain more information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,网络设备也可以“分段”发送SIB1,或者也可以理解,S1102中所描述的网络设备发送的SIB1的数量为一个或多个。其中,“分段”发送的含义可以参照如下内容理解:将一条SIB1消息分成多条SIB1消息,或者将SIB1的内容分成多部分。例如,将SIB1的内容分成SIB1-1(或就称为SIB1)和SIB1-2(或称为SIB1bis等),可以先发送SIB1-1,再发送SIB1-2。Optionally, the network device may also send SIB1 in "segments", or it may be understood that the number of SIB1s sent by the network device described in S1102 is one or more. The meaning of "segmented" sending may be understood with reference to the following content: dividing a SIB1 message into multiple SIB1 messages, or dividing the content of SIB1 into multiple parts. For example, the content of SIB1 is divided into SIB1-1 (or simply called SIB1) and SIB1-2 (or called SIB1bis, etc.), and SIB1-1 may be sent first, and then SIB1-2 may be sent.
可选的,上述接入方法还可以包括如下步骤S1103。S1103作为可选步骤,在图11中以虚线示意。Optionally, the access method may further include the following step S1103. S1103 is an optional step and is indicated by a dotted line in FIG11 .
S1103,网络设备发送第一NTN小区的SIB19。S1103, the network device sends SIB19 of the first NTN cell.
其中,第一NTN小区的SIB19中包括与接入该第一NTN小区(即服务小区)不相关的信息,例如SIB19包括邻区信息和/或小区重选的测量相关参数。The SIB19 of the first NTN cell includes information irrelevant to accessing the first NTN cell (ie, the serving cell), for example, the SIB19 includes neighboring cell information and/or measurement-related parameters for cell reselection.
示例性地,邻区信息可以包括如下中的一个或多个:邻区频点信息(carrierFreq),例如邻区频点的频点号,该频点号可以是绝对无线频道编号(absolute radio frequency channel number,ARFCN);邻区小区标识信息,例如邻区的物理小区标识(physical cell identity,PCI);邻区的纪元时间信息(epochTime);邻区的上行同步辅助信息的有效时长信息(ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration);邻区的调度信息,例如邻区的特定调度偏移量(cellSpecificKoffset);邻区的定时提前信息,例如通用定时提前量(ta-Common),通用定时提前量的漂移率(ta-CommonDrift),通用定时提前量的漂移率的波动(ta-CommonDriftVariant),定时提前报告控制指示(ta-Report);邻区的卫星极化信息,例如下行极化信息(ntn-PolarizationDL),上行极化信息(ntn-PolarizationUL);邻区的卫星星历信息(ephemerisInfo),例如卫星的位置和速度信息,或者卫星的轨道参数信息等。Exemplarily, the neighboring cell information may include one or more of the following: neighboring cell frequency information (carrierFreq), such as the frequency number of the neighboring cell frequency, which may be an absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN); neighboring cell identification information, such as the physical cell identity (PCI) of the neighboring cell; epoch time information (epochTime) of the neighboring cell; valid duration information of the uplink synchronization auxiliary information of the neighboring cell (ntn-UlSyncValidityDuration); scheduling information of the neighboring cell, such as the specific scheduling offset (c ellSpecificKoffset); timing advance information of neighboring cells, such as common timing advance (ta-Common), drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDrift), fluctuation of drift rate of common timing advance (ta-CommonDriftVariant), timing advance report control indication (ta-Report); satellite polarization information of neighboring cells, such as downlink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationDL) and uplink polarization information (ntn-PolarizationUL); satellite ephemeris information of neighboring cells (ephemerisInfo), such as satellite position and velocity information, or satellite orbital parameter information, etc.
小区重选的测量相关参数可以包括如下中的一个或多个:服务小区的停止服务时间信息(t-Service),例如服务小区停止服务当前区域的时间;服务小区内的参考点信息(referenceLocation),该参考点信息用于基于位置控制终端设备进行小区重选的测量;距离阈值(distanceThresh),该距离阈值用于基于位置控制终端设备进行小区重选的测量。The measurement-related parameters for cell reselection may include one or more of the following: service stop time information (t-Service) of the serving cell, such as the time when the serving cell stops serving the current area; reference point information (referenceLocation) within the serving cell, which is used for measurement of cell reselection based on position control terminal equipment; distance threshold (distanceThresh), which is used for measurement of cell reselection based on position control terminal equipment.
可选的,网络设备发送SIB19的位置可以是除SSB和SIB1之外的其他位置。例如,在图12的示例中,网络设备可以在SFN#1的第13~20个时隙内,在SSB0~SSB7所对应方向上分别发送SIB19。此外,网络设备也可以在SFN#0的第5~16个时隙中的任意位置发送SIB19。Optionally, the location where the network device sends SIB19 may be other than SSB and SIB1. For example, in the example of FIG12 , the network device may send SIB19 in the directions corresponding to SSB0 to SSB7 in the 13th to 20th time slots of SFN#1. In addition, the network device may also send SIB19 at any location in the 5th to 16th time slots of SFN#0.
可选的,网络设备可以通过单独的一条SI message发送SIB19,即一条SI message中仅包含SIB19这一个OSI;或者,SIB19也可以和其他SIB组成一条SI message,例如,一条SI message中包含SIB19和SIB2。Optionally, the network device may send SIB19 via a separate SI message, that is, an SI message contains only one OSI, SIB19; or, SIB19 may also form an SI message with other SIBs, for example, an SI message contains SIB19 and SIB2.
此外可选的,在S1102中描述的SIB1的容量允许的情况下,SIB1或者SIB1的“分段”中也可以包含S1103中描述的邻区信息和/或小区重选的测量相关参数等。示例性地,SIB1(或者SIB1的某一个“分段”(例如SIB1-2))中可以包含本区信息和邻区1/2的邻区信息;SIB19中包含邻区3/4/5/6的邻区信息。In addition, optionally, when the capacity of SIB1 described in S1102 allows, SIB1 or a "segment" of SIB1 may also include the neighboring cell information described in S1103 and/or the measurement-related parameters for cell reselection. Exemplarily, SIB1 (or a "segment" of SIB1 (e.g., SIB1-2)) may include the information of the current area and the neighboring cell information of neighboring cells 1/2; SIB19 includes the neighboring cell information of neighboring cells 3/4/5/6.
S1104,终端设备向第一NTN小区发起随机接入。S1104, the terminal device initiates random access to the first NTN cell.
例如,终端设备可以根据接收到的MIB和SIB1,利用接入相关信息向第一NTN小区发起随机接入。 For example, the terminal device may initiate random access to the first NTN cell using access-related information based on the received MIB and SIB1.
其中,接入相关信息可以包括如下的一项或多项:S1102中描述的该NTN小区的本区信息或称接入配置信息;随机接入配置参数,例如随机接入前导码(preamble)配置、随机接入时频资源配置等;第一NTN小区的系统参数,例如系统帧号、子载波间隔、下行信道和/或上行信道的配置等。Among them, the access-related information may include one or more of the following: the local area information or access configuration information of the NTN cell described in S1102; random access configuration parameters, such as random access preamble configuration, random access time and frequency resource configuration, etc.; system parameters of the first NTN cell, such as system frame number, subcarrier spacing, downlink channel and/or uplink channel configuration, etc.
另外可以理解的是,本申请实施例对前述S1103与S1104的执行顺序不进行限制。例如,S1103可以在S1104之前执行,也可以在S1104之后执行。It is also understandable that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of the aforementioned S1103 and S1104. For example, S1103 can be executed before S1104 or after S1104.
本申请实施例提供的上述接入方法,将待接入的NTN小区的本区信息包含在SIB1中指示给终端设备,能够让终端设备提前获取接入NTN小区所需的全部参数,无需基于SIB1的调度获取SIB19,减少终端设备获取到NTN小区接入相关参数的时延,进而能够降低接入时延,提升接入的成功率以及用户体验度。其次,将NTN接入相关的信息放入SIB1中的这种方式,仅需要对SIB1和SIB19的RRC消息编解码进行增强即可实现,系统信息的发送和接收依然复用现有流程,不涉及其他方面的改动,实现方式简单,对终端设备和网络设备的影响小,有利于实施。此外,将与NTN接入相关的本区信息移出SIB19之后,SIB19将具有更大的余量,例如在SIB19的RRC消息的总大小有限的情况下,移出一部分信息后,SIB19中将可以放入更多的邻区信息,或者放入更多的其他信息等,本申请实施例对此不予限制。The access method provided in the embodiment of the present application includes the local area information of the NTN cell to be accessed in SIB1 and indicates it to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain all the parameters required for accessing the NTN cell in advance, without the need to obtain SIB19 based on the scheduling of SIB1, and reduce the delay of the terminal device to obtain the NTN cell access-related parameters, thereby reducing the access delay and improving the access success rate and user experience. Secondly, the method of putting the information related to NTN access into SIB1 only requires the enhancement of the RRC message encoding and decoding of SIB1 and SIB19 to achieve, the sending and receiving of system information still reuses the existing process, does not involve other changes, the implementation method is simple, and the impact on the terminal device and network equipment is small, which is conducive to implementation. In addition, after the local area information related to NTN access is moved out of SIB19, SIB19 will have a larger margin. For example, when the total size of the RRC message of SIB19 is limited, after a part of the information is moved out, SIB19 can put more neighboring area information, or put more other information, etc., which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
可以理解的是,在上文实施例中,终端设备和/或网络设备可以执行各实施例中的部分或全部步骤。这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照各实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。且,各步骤的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that, in the above embodiments, the terminal device and/or the network device may perform some or all of the steps in each embodiment. These steps or operations are merely examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be performed in a different order as presented in each embodiment, and it is possible that all operations in the embodiments of the present application are not to be performed. Moreover, the size of the sequence number of each step does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and inherent logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
基于同一构思,参见图13,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置1300,该通信装置1300包括处理模块1301和通信模块1302。该通信装置1300可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备或者和终端设备匹配使用,能够实现终端设备侧执行的方法的通信装置;或者,该通信装置1300可以是网络设备,也可以是应用于网络设备或者和网络设备匹配使用,能够实现网络设备侧执行的方法的通信装置。Based on the same concept, referring to FIG. 13 , an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1300, which includes a processing module 1301 and a communication module 1302. The communication device 1300 may be a terminal device, or a communication device applied to a terminal device or used in combination with a terminal device, and capable of implementing a method executed on the terminal device side; or, the communication device 1300 may be a network device, or a communication device applied to a network device or used in combination with a network device, and capable of implementing a method executed on the network device side.
其中,通信模块也可以称为收发模块、收发器、收发机、或收发装置等。处理模块也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理单元、或处理装置等。可选的,通信模块用于执行上述方法中终端设备侧或网络设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,可以将通信模块中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将通信模块中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即通信模块包括接收单元和发送单元。The communication module may also be referred to as a transceiver module, a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver device, etc. The processing module may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing unit, or a processing device, etc. Optionally, the communication module is used to perform the sending operation and the receiving operation on the terminal device side or the network device side in the above method, and the device used to implement the receiving function in the communication module may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the communication module may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the communication module includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
该通信装置1300应用于终端设备时,处理模块1301可用于实现图7、图10或图11所述示例中终端设备的处理功能,通信模块1302可用于实现图7、图10或图11所述示例中终端设备的收发功能。或者也可以参照发明内容中第六方面、第七方面、第九方面中的描述和可能的设计理解该通信装置。When the communication device 1300 is applied to a terminal device, the processing module 1301 can be used to implement the processing function of the terminal device in the examples described in FIG. 7, FIG. 10 or FIG. 11, and the communication module 1302 can be used to implement the transceiver function of the terminal device in the examples described in FIG. 7, FIG. 10 or FIG. 11. Alternatively, the communication device can also be understood by referring to the description and possible designs in the sixth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the ninth aspect of the invention.
该通信装置1300应用于网络设备时,处理模块1301可用于实现图7、图10或图11所述示例中网络设备的处理功能,通信模块1302可用于实现图7、图10或图11所述示例中网络设备的收发功能。或者也可以参照发明内容中第八方面、第十方面中的描述和可能的设计理解该通信装置。When the communication device 1300 is applied to a network device, the processing module 1301 can be used to implement the processing function of the network device in the examples described in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11, and the communication module 1302 can be used to implement the transceiver function of the network device in the examples described in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11. Alternatively, the communication device can also be understood by referring to the description and possible designs in the eighth and tenth aspects of the invention.
此外需要说明的是,前述通信模块和/或处理模块可通过虚拟模块实现,例如处理模块可通过软件功能单元或虚拟装置实现,通信模块可以通过软件功能或虚拟装置实现。或者,处理模块或通信模块也可以通过实体装置实现,例如若该装置采用芯片/芯片电路实现,通信模块可以是输入输出电路和/或通信接口,执行输入操作(对应前述接收操作)、输出操作(对应前述发送操作);处理模块为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。In addition, it should be noted that the aforementioned communication module and/or processing module can be implemented through a virtual module, for example, the processing module can be implemented through a software function unit or a virtual device, and the communication module can be implemented through a software function or a virtual device. Alternatively, the processing module or the communication module can also be implemented through a physical device, for example, if the device is implemented using a chip/chip circuit, the communication module can be an input-output circuit and/or a communication interface, performing input operations (corresponding to the aforementioned receiving operations) and output operations (corresponding to the aforementioned sending operations); the processing module is an integrated processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit.
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请实施例各个示例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation. In addition, each functional module in each example of the embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processor, or may exist physically separately, or two or more modules may be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
基于相同的技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置1400。例如,该通信装置1400可以是芯片或者芯片系统。可选的,在本申请实施例中芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400. For example, the communication device 1400 can be a chip or a chip system. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the chip system can be composed of a chip, or can include a chip and other discrete devices.
通信装置1400可用于实现前述示例描述的通信系统中任一网元的功能。通信装置1400可以包括至少一个处理器1410。可选的,该处理器1410与存储器耦合,存储器可以位于该装置之内,或,存储器可以和处理器集成在一起,或,存储器也可以位于该装置之外。例如,通信装置1400还可以包括至少 一个存储器1420。存储器1420保存实施上述任一示例中必要计算机程序、计算机程序或指令和/或数据;处理器1410可能执行存储器1420中存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一示例中的方法。The communication device 1400 may be used to implement the functions of any network element in the communication system described in the above examples. The communication device 1400 may include at least one processor 1410. Optionally, the processor 1410 is coupled to a memory, which may be located within the device, or the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be located outside the device. For example, the communication device 1400 may also include at least one processor 1410. A memory 1420. The memory 1420 stores necessary computer programs, computer programs or instructions and/or data for implementing any of the above examples; the processor 1410 may execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method in any of the above examples.
通信装置1400中还可以包括通信接口1430,通信装置1400可以通过通信接口1430和其它设备进行信息交互。示例性的,通信接口1430可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块、管脚或其它类型的通信接口。当该通信装置1400为芯片类的装置或者电路时,该通信装置1400中的通信接口1430也可以是输入输出电路,可以输入信息(或称,接收信息)和输出信息(或称,发送信息),处理器为集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路或则逻辑电路,处理器可以根据输入信息确定输出信息。The communication device 1400 may also include a communication interface 1430, and the communication device 1400 may exchange information with other devices through the communication interface 1430. Exemplarily, the communication interface 1430 may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module, a pin, or other types of communication interfaces. When the communication device 1400 is a chip-type device or circuit, the communication interface 1430 in the communication device 1400 may also be an input-output circuit, which may input information (or receive information) and output information (or send information), and the processor may be an integrated processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit or a logic circuit, and the processor may determine the output information based on the input information.
本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1410可能和存储器1420、通信接口1430协同操作。本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1410、存储器1420以及通信接口1430之间的具体连接介质。The coupling in the embodiment of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1410 may cooperate with the memory 1420 and the communication interface 1430. The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned processor 1410, the memory 1420 and the communication interface 1430 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,参见图14,处理器1410、存储器1420以及通信接口1430之间通过总线1440相互连接。总线1440可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图14中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, referring to FIG. 14 , the processor 1410, the memory 1420, and the communication interface 1430 are interconnected via a bus 1440. The bus 1440 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, FIG. 14 is represented by only one thick line, but this does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component, and may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiments of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random-access memory (RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device that can realize a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
在一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1400可以应用于网络设备,具体通信装置1400可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备,实现上述涉及的任一示例中网络设备的功能的装置。存储器1420保存实现上述任一示例中的网络设备的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1410可执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一示例中网络设备执行的方法。应用于网络设备,该通信装置1400中的通信接口可用于与终端设备进行交互,向终端设备发送信息或者接收来自终端设备的信息。In a possible implementation, the communication device 1400 can be applied to a network device. Specifically, the communication device 1400 can be a network device, or a device that can support a network device and implement the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples. The memory 1420 stores a computer program (or instruction) and/or data that implements the functions of the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples. The processor 1410 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method executed by the network device in any of the above-mentioned examples. Applied to a network device, the communication interface in the communication device 1400 can be used to interact with a terminal device, send information to a terminal device, or receive information from a terminal device.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,该通信装置1400可以应用于终端设备,具体通信装置1400可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备,实现上述涉及的任一示例中终端设备的功能的装置。存储器1420保存实现上述任一示例中的终端设备的功能的计算机程序(或指令)和/或数据。处理器1410可执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序,完成上述任一示例中终端设备执行的方法。应用于终端设备,该通信装置1400中的通信接口可用于与网络设备进行交互,向网络设备发送信息或者接收来自网络设备的信息。In another possible implementation, the communication device 1400 can be applied to a terminal device. Specifically, the communication device 1400 can be a terminal device, or a device that can support a terminal device and implement the functions of the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples. The memory 1420 stores a computer program (or instruction) and/or data that implements the functions of the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples. The processor 1410 can execute the computer program stored in the memory 1420 to complete the method executed by the terminal device in any of the above-mentioned examples. Applied to a terminal device, the communication interface in the communication device 1400 can be used to interact with a network device, send information to the network device, or receive information from the network device.
由于本示例提供的通信装置1400可应用于网络设备,完成上述网络设备执行的方法,或者应用于终端设备,完成终端设备执行的方法。因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法示例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 1400 provided in this example can be applied to a network device to complete the method executed by the above network device, or applied to a terminal device to complete the method executed by the terminal device, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method examples and will not be repeated here.
基于以上示例,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,包括网络设备和终端设备,其中,网络设备和终端设备可以实现图7、图10或图11所示的示例中所提供的方法。Based on the above examples, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a network device and a terminal device, wherein the network device and the terminal device can implement the method provided in the examples shown in Figure 7, Figure 10 or Figure 11.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、终端设备或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以 是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质等。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function according to the embodiments of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a terminal device or other programmable device. Computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media integrated. The available medium can be It is a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium.
在本申请实施例中,在无逻辑矛盾的前提下,各示例之间可以相互引用,例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置示例和方法示例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。In the embodiments of the present application, under the premise of no logical contradiction, the examples may reference each other, for example, the methods and/or terms between method embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device embodiments may reference each other, for example, the functions and/or terms between device examples and method examples may reference each other.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请实施例权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请实施例也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the embodiments of the present application and their equivalents, the embodiments of the present application are also intended to include these modifications and variations.
Claims (27)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202310151834.1A CN118509895A (en) | 2023-02-14 | 2023-02-14 | Measurement method and communication device |
| CN202310151834.1 | 2023-02-14 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024169415A1 true WO2024169415A1 (en) | 2024-08-22 |
Family
ID=92231816
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/142073 Ceased WO2024169415A1 (en) | 2023-02-14 | 2023-12-26 | Measurement method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN118509895A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024169415A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20160143509A (en) * | 2015-06-04 | 2016-12-14 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method and apparatus for searching neighbor cell in beamforming system |
| CN109076408A (en) * | 2017-01-20 | 2018-12-21 | 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 | Measurement method, base station and user equipment before cell switches |
| CN112806048A (en) * | 2018-09-29 | 2021-05-14 | 高通股份有限公司 | Beam measurement for a subset of cells |
| CN113424584A (en) * | 2019-02-13 | 2021-09-21 | 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 | Beam selection for MULTI-TRP |
-
2023
- 2023-02-14 CN CN202310151834.1A patent/CN118509895A/en active Pending
- 2023-12-26 WO PCT/CN2023/142073 patent/WO2024169415A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20160143509A (en) * | 2015-06-04 | 2016-12-14 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method and apparatus for searching neighbor cell in beamforming system |
| CN109076408A (en) * | 2017-01-20 | 2018-12-21 | 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 | Measurement method, base station and user equipment before cell switches |
| CN112806048A (en) * | 2018-09-29 | 2021-05-14 | 高通股份有限公司 | Beam measurement for a subset of cells |
| CN113424584A (en) * | 2019-02-13 | 2021-09-21 | 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 | Beam selection for MULTI-TRP |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN118509895A (en) | 2024-08-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7710027B2 (en) | Apparatus and method for determining whether a user equipment is located within a registration area - Patents.com | |
| CN113615245B (en) | Switching control methods, devices, equipment and storage media | |
| EP4661492A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for wireless communication | |
| US20250088256A1 (en) | User equipment, method of user equipment, network node, and method of network node | |
| WO2023116335A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| US20240179592A1 (en) | Method and device for timing control in a non-terrestrial network | |
| WO2024008022A1 (en) | Non-terrestrial network communication method, apparatus and system | |
| WO2024087233A1 (en) | Method, device and computer storage medium of communication | |
| US20250203473A1 (en) | Handover method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2025016213A1 (en) | Handover method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2024169415A1 (en) | Measurement method and communication apparatus | |
| CN115776322B (en) | A random access method and apparatus | |
| CN119110356A (en) | A communication method and device | |
| WO2023092455A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, and first terminal device and network device | |
| CN118660322B (en) | Wireless communication method and communication device | |
| EP4615142A1 (en) | Random access resource determination method and communication apparatus | |
| US20240224105A1 (en) | Communication method, terminal device and network device | |
| EP4580257A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025020923A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025185663A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2025044941A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2024140216A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2025113061A1 (en) | Measurement configuration method and apparatus | |
| WO2025065390A1 (en) | Method, apparatus and system for allocating control resources in non-terrestrial communication | |
| WO2025218512A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23922530 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2501005356 Country of ref document: TH |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 11202505395R Country of ref document: SG |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 11202505395R Country of ref document: SG |